1115350113

AIR CONDITIONER (SPLIT TYPE)

Installation Manual

Indoor Unit
For commercial use
Model name:

4-way Cassette type

RAV-180USP Series
RAV-240USP Series
RAV-300USP Series
RAV-360USP Series

01_1115350113-EN.indd 1 10/4/2559 BE 2:57 PM

 –1–
Original instruction
Please read this Installation Manual carefully before installing the Air Conditioner.
• This Manual describes the installation method of the indoor unit.
• For installation of the outdoor unit, follow the Installation Manual attached to the outdoor unit.
ADOPTION OF NEW REFRIGERANT
This Air Conditioner uses R410A an environmentally friendly refrigerant.
Contents
1 Precautions for safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2 Accessory parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3 Selection of installation place . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
5 Drain piping work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
6 Refrigerant piping and evacuating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
7 Electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
8 Applicable controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
9 Test run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
10 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
11 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
1-EN
01_1115350113-EN.indd 1
Please read carefully through these instructions that contain important information which complies with the
“Machinery Directive” (Directive 2006/42/EC), and ensure that you understand them.
After completing the installation work, hand over this Installation Manual as well as the Owner’s Manual provided
to the user, and ask the user to keep them in a safe place for future reference.
Generic Denomination: Air Conditioner
Definition of Qualified Installer or Qualified Service Person
The air conditioner must be installed, maintained, repaired and removed by a qualified installer or qualified service
person. When any of these jobs is to be done, ask a qualified installer or qualified service person to do them for you.
A qualified installer or qualified service person is an agent who has the qualifications and knowledge described in
the following table.
Agent Qualifications and knowledge which the agent must have
• The qualified installer is a person who installs, maintains, relocates and removes the air
conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation. He or she has been trained to install, maintain,
relocate and remove the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or, alternatively, he
or she has been instructed in such operations by an individual or individuals who have been trained
and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to these operations.
• The qualified installer who is allowed to do the electrical work involved in installation, relocation
and removal has the qualifications pertaining to this electrical work as stipulated by the local laws
and regulations, and he or she is a person who has been trained in matters relating to electrical
work on the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or, alternatively, he or she has
been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus
Qualified installer
thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work.
• The qualified installer who is allowed to do the refrigerant handling and piping work involved in
installation, relocation and removal has the qualifications pertaining to this refrigerant handling and
piping work as stipulated by the local laws and regulations, and he or she is a person who has
been trained in matters relating to refrigerant handling and piping work on the air conditioners made
by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or, alternatively, he or she has been instructed in such matters
by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the
knowledge related to this work.
• The qualified installer who is allowed to work at heights has been trained in matters relating to
working at heights with the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or, alternatively,
he or she has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained
and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work.
• The qualified service person is a person who installs, repairs, maintains, relocates and removes
the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation. He or she has been trained to install,
repair, maintain, relocate and remove the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation
or, alternatively, he or she has been instructed in such operations by an individual or individuals
who have been trained and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to these
operations.
• The qualified service person who is allowed to do the electrical work involved in installation, repair,
relocation and removal has the qualifications pertaining to this electrical work as stipulated by the
local laws and regulations, and he or she is a person who has been trained in matters relating to
electrical work on the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or, alternatively, he or
she has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained and
Qualified service
is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work.
person
• The qualified service person who is allowed to do the refrigerant handling and piping work involved
in installation, repair, relocation and removal has the qualifications pertaining to this refrigerant
handling and piping work as stipulated by the local laws and regulations, and he or she is a
person who has been trained in matters relating to refrigerant handling and piping work on the air
conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or, alternatively, he or she has been instructed
in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained and is thus thoroughly
acquainted with the knowledge related to this work.
• The qualified service person who is allowed to work at heights has been trained in matters relating
to working at heights with the air conditioners made by Toshiba Carrier Corporation or, alternatively,
he or she has been instructed in such matters by an individual or individuals who have been trained
and is thus thoroughly acquainted with the knowledge related to this work.
2-EN
10/4/2559 BE 2:57 PM
 Definition of Protective Gear
When the air conditioner is to be transported, installed, maintained, repaired or removed, wear protective gloves
„ Warning indications on the air conditioner unit
and ‘safety’ work clothing.
In addition to such normal protective gear, wear the protective gear described below when undertaking the special Warning indication Description
work detailed in the following table.
Failure to wear the proper protective gear is dangerous because you will be more susceptible to injury, burns,
electric shocks and other injuries. WARNING
WARNING
Work undertaken Protective gear worn ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD
Disconnect all remote ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD
Protective gloves Disconnect all remote electric power supplies before servicing.
All types of work electric power supplies
‘Safety’ working clothing
before servicing.
Gloves to provide protection for electricians and from heat
Electrical-related
Insulating shoes
work
Clothing to provide protection from electric shock
Work done at heights
(50 cm or more)
Helmets for use in industry WARNING WARNING
Transportation of Moving parts.
Shoes with additional protective toe cap Moving parts.
heavy objects Do not operate unit with grille Do not operate unit with grille removed.
Repair of outdoor unit Gloves to provide protection for electricians and from heat removed. Stop the unit before the servicing.
Stop the unit before the servicing.

CAUTION
High temperature parts.
You might get burned
when removing this panel.
CAUTION
High temperature parts.
You might get burned when removing this panel.

CAUTION
Do not touch the aluminum
fins of the unit.
Doing so may result in injury.
CAUTION
Do not touch the aluminium fins of the unit.
Doing so may result in injury.

CAUTION CAUTION
BURST HAZARD BURST HAZARD
Open the service valves before Open the service valves before the operation, otherwise there might be
the operation, otherwise there the burst.
might be the burst.

3-EN 4-EN
–2–

01_1115350113-EN.indd 2 10/4/2559 BE 2:57 PM

 –3–
1 Precautions for safety
The manufacturer shall not assume any liability for the damage caused by not observing the description of this
manual.
WARNING
General
• Before starting to install the air conditioner, read through the Installation Manual carefully, and follow its
instructions to install the air conditioner.
• Only a qualified installer or service person is allowed to do installation work. Inappropriate installation may
result in water leakage, electric shock or fire.
• Do not use any refrigerant different from the one specified for complement or replacement. Otherwise,
abnormally high pressure may be generated in the refrigeration cycle, which may result in a failure or explosion
of the product or an injury to your body.
• Before opening the intake grille of the indoor unit or service panel of the outdoor unit, set the circuit breaker
to the OFF position. Failure to set the circuit breaker to the OFF position may result in electric shocks through
contact with the interior parts. Only a qualified installer or qualified service person is allowed to remove the
intake grille of the indoor unit or service panel of the outdoor unit and do the work required.
• Before carrying out the installation, maintenance, repair or removal work, set the circuit breaker to the OFF
position.
Otherwise, electric shocks may result.
• Place a “Work in progress” sign near the circuit breaker while the installation, maintenance, repair or removal
work is being carried out. There is a danger of electric shocks if the circuit breaker is set to ON by mistake.
• Only a qualified installer or qualified service person is allowed to undertake work at heights using a stand of
50 cm or more or to remove the intake grille of the indoor unit to undertake work.
• Wear protective gloves and safety work clothing during installation, servicing and removal.
• Do not touch the aluminium fin of the unit. You may injure yourself if you do so. If the fin must be touched for
some reason, first put on protective gloves and safety work clothing, and then proceed.
• Do not climb onto or place objects on top of the outdoor unit. You may fall or the objects may fall off of the
outdoor unit and result in injury.
• When work is performed at heights, use a ladder which complies with the ISO 14122 standard, and follow the
procedure in the ladder’s instructions. Also wear a helmet for use in industry as protective gear to undertake
the work.
• Before cleaning the filter or other parts of the outdoor unit, set the circuit breaker to OFF without fail, and place
a “Work in progress” sign near the circuit breaker before proceeding with the work.
• Before working at heights, put a sign in place so that no-one will approach the work location, before
proceeding with the work. Parts and other objects may fall from above, possibly injuring a person below. While
carrying out the work, wear a helmet for protection from falling objects.
• The refrigerant used by this air conditioner is the R410A.
• The air conditioner must be transported in stable condition. If any part of the product is broken, contact the
dealer.
• When the air conditioner must be transported by hand, carry it by two or more people.
• Do not move or repair any unit by yourself. There is high voltage inside the unit. You may get electric shock
when removing the cover and main unit.
Selection of installation location
• When the air conditioner is installed in a small room, provide appropriate measures to ensure that the
concentration of refrigerant leakage occur in the room does not exceed the critical level.
• Do not install in a location where flammable gas leaks are possible. If the gas leak and accumulate around the
unit, it may ignite and cause a fire.
• To transport the air conditioner, wear shoes with additional protective toe caps.
• To transport the air conditioner, do not take hold of the bands around the packing carton. You may injure
yourself if the bands should break.
• Install the indoor unit at least 2.5 m above the floor level since otherwise the users may injure themselves or
receive electric shocks if they poke their fingers or other objects into the indoor unit while the air conditioner is
running.
• Do not place any combustion appliance in a place where it is directly exposed to the wind of air conditioner,
otherwise it may cause imperfect combustion.
5-EN
01_1115350113-EN.indd 3
Installation
• When the indoor unit is to be suspended, the designated hanging bolts (M10 or W3/8) and nuts (M10 or W3/8)
must be used.
• Install the air conditioner securely in a location where the base can sustain the weight adequately. If the
strength is not enough, the unit may fall down resulting in injury.
• Follow the instructions in the Installation Manual to install the air conditioner. Failure to follow these instructions
may cause the product to fall down or topple over or give rise to noise, vibration, water leakage or other
trouble.
• Carry out the specified installation work to guard against the possibility of high winds and earthquake. If the air
conditioner is not installed appropriately, a unit may topple over or fall down, causing an accident.
• If refrigerant gas has leaked during the installation work, ventilate the room immediately. If the leaked
refrigerant gas comes in contact with fire, noxious gas may generate.
• Use forklift to carry in the air conditioner units and use winch or hoist at installation of them.
Refrigerant piping
• Install the refrigerant pipe securely during the installation work before operating the air conditioner. If the
compressor is operated with the valve open and without refrigerant pipe, the compressor sucks air and the
refrigeration cycles is over pressurized, which may cause an injury.
• Tighten the flare nut with a torque wrench in the specified manner. Excessive tighten of the flare nut may
cause a crack in the flare nut after a long period, which may result in refrigerant leakage.
• After the installation work, confirm that refrigerant gas does not leak. If refrigerant gas leaks into the room and
flows near a fire source, such as a cooking range, noxious gas may be generated.
• When the air conditioner has been installed or relocated, follow the instructions in the Installation Manual and
purge the air completely so that no gases other than the refrigerant will be mixed in the refrigerating cycle.
Failure to purge the air completely may cause the air conditioner to malfunction.
• Nitrogen gas must be used for the airtight test.
• The charge hose must be connected in such a way that it is not slack.
Electrical wiring
• Only a qualified installer or qualified service person is allowed to carry out the electrical work of the air
conditioner.
Under no circumstances must this work be done by an unqualified individual since failure to carry out the work
properly may result in electric shocks and/or electrical leaks.
• To connect the electrical wires, repair the electrical parts or undertake other electrical jobs, wear gloves to
provide protection for electricians and from heat, insulating shoes and clothing to provide protection from
electric shocks.
Failure to wear this protective gear may result in electric shocks.
• Use wiring that meets the specifications in the Installation Manual and the stipulations in the local regulations
and laws. Use of wiring which does not meet the specifications may give rise to electric shocks, electrical
leakage, smoking and/or a fire.
• Connect earth wire. (Grounding work)
Incomplete grounding causes an electric shock.
• Do not connect earth wires to gas pipes, water pipes, and lightning conductor or telephone earth wires.
• After completing the repair or relocation work, check that the earth wires are connected properly.
• Install a circuit breaker that meets the specifications in the installation manual and the stipulations in the local
regulations and laws.
• Install the circuit breaker where it can be easily accessed by the agent.
• To install the circuit breaker outdoors, install one which is designed to be used outdoors.
• Under no circumstances the power wire must not be extended. Connection trouble in the places where the
wire is extended may give rise to smoking and/or a fire.
• Electrical wiring work shall be conducted according to law and regulation in the community and installation
manual.
Failure to do so may result in electrocution or short circuit.
6-EN
10/4/2559 BE 2:57 PM
 Test run
• Before operating the air conditioner after having completed the work, check that the electrical control box
cover of the indoor unit and service panel of the outdoor unit are closed, and set the circuit breaker to the ON
2 Accessory parts
position. You may receive an electric shock if the power is turned on without first conducting these checks. Part name Q’ty Shape Usage
• If there is any kind of trouble (such as an error display has appeared, smell of burning, abnormal sounds, the
Installation Manual 1 This manual (Be sure to hand over to customers)
air conditioner fails to cool or heat or water is leaking) has occurred in the air conditioner, do not touch the air
conditioner yourself but set the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and contact a qualified service person. Take
steps to ensure that the power will not be turned on (by marking “out of service” near the circuit breaker, for Owner’s Manual 1 (Be sure to hand over to customers)
instance) until qualified service person arrives. Continuing to use the air conditioner in the trouble status may
cause mechanical problems to escalate or result in electric shocks or other trouble.
• After the work has finished, use an insulation tester set (500 V Megger) to check the resistance is 1 MΩ or Heat insulating pipe 2 For heat insulation of pipe connecting section
more between the charge section and the non-charge metal section (Earth section). If the resistance value is
low, a disaster such as a leak or electric shock is caused at user’s side. For confirmation of ceiling opening and indoor unit
• Upon completion of the installation work, check for refrigerant leaks and check the insulation resistance and Installation pattern 1 –
position
water drainage. Then conduct a test run to check that the air conditioner is operating properly.
Explanations given to user Installation gauge –– For positioning of ceiling position
• Upon completion of the installation work, tell the user where the circuit breaker is located. If the user does not
know where the circuit breaker is, he or she will not be able to turn it off in the event that trouble has occurred
Washer 4 For hanging-down unit
in the air conditioner.
• If the fan grille is damaged, do not approach the outdoor unit but set the circuit breaker to the OFF position,
and contact a qualified service person to have the repairs done. Do not set the circuit breaker to the ON Eccentric washer 4 For hanging-down unit
position until the repairs are completed.
• After the installation work, follow the Owner’s Manual to explain to the customer how to use and maintain the
unit. Hose band 1 For connecting drain pipe
Relocation
• Only a qualified installer or qualified service person is allowed to relocate the air conditioner. It is dangerous Flexible hose 1 For adjusting centre of drain pipe
for the air conditioner to be relocated by an unqualified individual since a fire, electric shocks, injury, water
leakage, noise and/or vibration may result.
• When carrying out the pump-down work shut down the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipe. Heat insulator 1 For heat insulation of drain connecting section
Disconnecting the refrigerant pipe with the service valve left open and the compressor still operating will cause
air or other gas to be sucked in, raising the pressure inside the refrigeration cycle to an abnormally high level,
Heat insulator 1 For sealing of wire connecting port
and possibly resulting in rupture, injury or other trouble.

Wireless remote controller 1

CAUTION
New refrigerant air conditioner installation
Battery 2
• This air conditioner adopts the new HFC refrigerant (R410A) which does not destroy ozone layer.
• The characteristics of R410A refrigerant are; easy to absorb water, oxidizing membrane or oil, and its pressure Screw for wireless remote controller
is approx. 1.6 times higher than that of refrigerant R22. Accompanied with the new refrigerant, refrigerating 1
Ø4 × 20R
oil has also been changed. Therefore, do not let water, dust, former refrigerant, or refrigerating oil enter the
refrigerating cycle during installation work.
• To prevent charging an incorrect refrigerant and refrigerating oil, the sizes of connecting sections of charging
port of the main unit and installation tools are changed from those for the conventional refrigerant. „ Separate sold parts
• Accordingly the exclusive tools are required for the new refrigerant (R410A).
• For connecting pipes, use new and clean piping designed for R410A, and please care so that water or dust The Ceiling panel and other remote controller are sold separately. For the installation of these products, follow the
does not enter. installation manuals supplied with them.

To disconnect the appliance from main power supply.

• This appliance must be connected to the main power supply by means of a switch with a contact separation of
at least 3 mm.
The installation fuse (all types can be used) must be used for the power supply line of this conditioner.

7-EN 8-EN
–4–

01_1115350113-EN.indd 4 10/4/2559 BE 2:57 PM

 –5–

3 Selection of installation place „ Installation space (Unit: mm)

Secure the specified space in the figure for installation and servicing.
WARNING
Model RAV- A mm
y Install the air conditioner at enough strong place to withstand the weight of the unit.
180USP, 240USP, 300USP Type 271 or more
If the strength is not enough, the unit may fall down resulting in injury.
y Install the air conditioner at a height 2.5 m or more from the floor. 360USP Type 334 or more
If you insert your hands or others directly into the unit while the air conditioner operates, it is dangerous
because you may contact with revolving fan or active electricity. q When incorporating fresh air intake box
(sold separately)

15 or more
Provide an inspection opening at the outside-air
CAUTION intake box side.
1000 or more
Do not install the air conditioner in a location subject to a risk of exposure to a combustible gas. When incorporating
If a combustible gas leaks and stays around the unit, a fire may occur. fresh-air intake box Check port
(450×450)
Upon approval of the customer, install the air conditioner in a place that satisfies the following conditions.

A
y Place where the unit can be installed horizontally.

or more
y Place where a sufficient servicing space can be ensured for safety maintenance and check.

1000
y Place where drained water will not cause any problem. 238
unit: mm
Avoid installing in the following places. Obstacle
y Place exposed to air with high salt content (seaside area), or place exposed to large quantities of sulfide gas
(hot spring).

200
(Should the unit be used in these places, special protective measures are needed.)
y A restaurant kitchen where a lot of oil is used or place near machines in a factory (Oil adhering to the heat Check port
exchanger and resin part (turbo fan) in the indoor unit may reduce the performance, generate mist or dew drop, (450×450)
or deform or damage resin parts.)
y Places where iron or other metal dust is present. If iron or other metal dust adheres to or collects on the interior „ Selection of installation place
of the air conditioner, it may spontaneously combust and start a fire.
y Place where organic solvent is used nearby. In case of continued operation of the indoor unit under high-humidity conditions as described below, dew may
y Place close to a machine generating high frequency. condense and water may drop.
y Place where the discharged air blows directly into the window of the neighbour house. (Outdoor unit) Especially, high-humidity atmosphere (dew point temperature: 23 °C or more) may generate dew inside the ceiling.
y Place where noise of the outdoor unit is easily transmitted. 1. Unit is installed inside the ceiling with slated roof.
(When install the outdoor unit on the boundary with the neighbour, pay due attention to the level of noise.) 2. Unit is installed at a location using inside of the ceiling as fresh air take-in path.
y Place with poor ventilation. (Before air ducting work, check whether value of air volume, static pressure and duct 3. Kitchen
resistance are correct.)
y Do not use the air conditioner for special purposes such as preserving food, precision instruments, or art objects,
or where breeding animals or growing plants are kept. (This may degrade the quality of preserved materials.)
Advice
y Place where any of high-frequency appliances (including inverter devices, private power generators, medical y Set a service check opening panel at right side of the unit (size: 450 × 450 mm or more) for piping, maintenance,
equipment, and communication equipment) and inverter-type fluorescent light is installed. and servicing.
(A malfunction of the air conditioner, abnormal control, or problems due to noise to such appliances / equipment y If installing a unit at such place, put insulating material (glass wool, etc.) additionally on all the positions of the
may occur.) indoor unit which come to contact with high-humidity atmosphere.
y When the wireless remote controller is used in a room equipped with an inverter-type fluorescent light or at a
REQUIREMENT
place exposed to direct sunlight, signals from the remote controller may not be received correctly.
y Place where organic solvent is used. When the humidity inside the ceiling seems to be higher than 80 %, attach a heat insulator to the side
y Place near a door or window exposed to humid outside air (Dew dropping may form.). (top) surface of the indoor unit. (Use a heat insulator that is 10 mm or more thick.)
y Place where special spray is used frequently.

9-EN 10-EN

01_1115350113-EN.indd 5 10/4/2559 BE 2:57 PM

 „ Ceiling height 4 Installation
RAV- Possible installed ceiling height REQUIREMENT
180USP, 240USP, 300USP UP to 3.8 m Strictly comply with the following rules to prevent damage of the indoor units and human injury.
360USP UP to 4.6 m y Do not put a heavy article on the indoor unit. (Even units are packaged)
y Carry in the indoor unit as it is packaged if possible. If carrying in the indoor unit unpacked by necessity, be
When ceiling height exceeds standard ceiling height, change the setting to “High ceiling (1)” or “High ceiling (3)” by sure to use buffering cloth, etc. to not damage the unit.
following the procedure of “Installing indoor unit on high ceiling” in “8. Applicable controls”. y To move the indoor unit, hold the hooking metals (4 positions) only.
Do not apply force to the other parts (refrigerant pipe, drain pan, foamed parts, or resin parts, etc.).
q Height list of ceiling possible to be installed y Carry the package by two or more persons, and do not bundle it with plastic band at positions other than
(Unit: mm) specified.
Setup of
Model RAV- 180USP 240USP, 300USP 360USP
high ceiling
Discharge direction 4-way 3-way 2-way 4-way 3-way 2-way 4-way 3-way 2-way SET DATA „ External view (Unit: mm)
Standard (At shipment) 2.8 3.2 3.5 3.0 3.3 3.6 3.9 4.2 4.5 0000
Ceiling bottom surface
High ceiling (1) 3.2 3.5 3.8 3.3 3.5 3.8 4.2 4.4 4.6 0001

129
High ceiling (3) 3.5 3.8 — 3.6 3.8 — 4.5 4.6 — 0003

105

105
Ø162 80
Ø162 172
„ Discharge direction Ceiling bottom
surface Knockout square hole
for divide duct 240
Refrigerant pipe 112
connecting port 44
101 B For Ø150 105 105 (Liquid) B
Electrical
As shown in the figure below, air discharge directions can be selected according to the shape of the room and the 840 Unit external dimension control box Take-in port
Knockout square
location of the indoor unit installation. hole for divide duct 408
Refrigerant pipe of wires
For Ø150 connecting port
(Gas) C

3 directions 2 directions

860 to 910 Ceiling opening dimension

72
950 Panel external dimension
780 Hanging bolt pitch

241.5
263
129
105

105

105
480

30
269
235

323
840
105

y Use a shielding plate kit (sold separately) to change discharge directions.

Drain pipe
Discharge directions are limited. Follow the installation manual supplied with the shielding plate kit. connecting
port Ceiling
Z 45° 416.5 129
bottom
surface
690±20 Hanging bolt pitch Knockout square hole 189

61 .5
860 to 910 Ceiling opening dimension for divide duct

28

57
For Ø150
950 Panel external dimension

7
18
480

64
105 Hanging bolt M10 or Ø3/8
(Locally procured)
256.5
Ceiling bottom
surface

A
105
Shielding plate Knockout for simple OA
For Ø100

132
(sold separately)

30 101
Z view

16.5

129
REQUIREMENT Ceiling bottom surface
When using the air conditioner with 2-way / 3-way discharge system, a strong wind blows directly if the ceiling Ceiling panel (sold separately)
Knockout square hole for divide duct
For Ø150
height is lower than the standard.
Therefore, change the setting switch according to height of the ceiling by wired remote controller (sold Knockout square hole for humidifier
separately).
(mm)
Model RAV- A B Model RAV- A B
180USP, 240USP, 300USP 256 120 360USP 391 183

11-EN 12-EN
–6–

01_1115350113-EN.indd 6 10/4/2559 BE 2:57 PM

 –7–

„ Opening a ceiling and y When hanging a ceiling, open the ceiling along the
outside dimensions of the installation pattern.
Existing concrete slab

installation of hanging bolts Use a hole-in anchors, hole-in plugs, or a hole-in bolts.

Indoor unit
y Consider the piping / wiring after the unit is hung
when determining the location of the indoor unit
installation and orientation.
y After the location of the indoor unit installation
has been determined, open the ceiling and install Installation of ceiling opening and
hanging bolts.
y The dimensions of the ceiling opening and hanging
Panel fixing hanging bolt
screw
bolt pitches are given in the outline drawing and the
Hanging bolt Level gauge (levelness: 5 mm or less)
attached installation pattern.
Indoor unit Hanging bolt
y When a ceiling already exists, lay the drain pipe,

(2) 12 to 17 mm
refrigerant pipe, indoor unit / outdoor unit connection Level
wires, and remote controller wires to their connection
locations before hanging the indoor unit. Hanging
Installation pattern (Accessory)
Hole bracket
Procure hanging bolts and nuts for installing the indoor
unit (these are not supplied).
Treatment of ceiling
Hanging bracket (1) 10 to 35 mm
Hanging bolt M10 or W3/8 4 pieces The ceiling differs according to structure of building. Ceiling
Nut M10 or W3/8 12 pieces For details, consult your constructor or interior finish board
contractor. y Attach a nut (M10 or W3/8: not supplied) and the Installation gauge
In the process after the ceiling board has been Ø34 washer (supplied) to each hanging bolt.
How to use the installation pattern
removed, it is important to reinforce ceiling foundation y Insert a washer on both sides of the T groove of the
(accessory) (frame) and to keep horizontal level of installed ceiling hanging bracket of the indoor unit, and hang the
The installation pattern is provided inside the correctly in order to prevent vibration of ceiling board. indoor unit.
packaging cap. 1. Cut and remove the ceiling foundation. y Check that the four sides of the indoor unit are level
2. Reinforce the cut surface of ceiling foundation, and using a level gauge (levelness: 5 mm or less).
<For existing ceiling> add ceiling foundation for fixing the end of ceiling y Detach the installation gauge (accessory) from the
Use the installation pattern positioning a ceiling board. installation pattern. Indoor unit
opening and hanging bolts. y Using the installation gauge, check and adjust the (2) 12 to
Installation of hanging bolt positional relation between the indoor unit and the Ceiling board Installation 17 mm
<For new ceiling> ceiling opening (1) (10 to 35 mm: 4 sides) and the gauge (1) 10 to
Use M10 hanging bolts (4 pcs, locally procured). 35 mm
Use the installation pattern to position the ceiling Matching to the existing structure, set pitch according hanging-up height (2) (12 mm to 17 mm: 4 corners).
opening when hanging a ceiling. to size in the unit external view as shown below. (How to use the installation gauge is printed on the
y After the hanging bolts have been installed, install gauge.)
New concrete slab
the indoor unit.
y Hook the four holes in the installation pattern to the Install the bolts with insert brackets or anchor bolts. * Procure hanging bolts
and nuts locally.
panel fixing screws of the indoor unit.
Rubber
(Blade type Anchor bolt
(Slide type Hanging bolt
bracket) bracket) (Pipe hanging (M10 or W3/8)
anchor bolt)

Steel frame structure Nut (M10 or W3/8)

Washer (Accessory)
Use existing angles or install new support angles. To prevent the bolt from
Hanging bolt falling off (for safety), be
Eccentric washer sure to set it just under
(Accessory) the hanging bracket as
shown in the figure.
* Install with the marking
“UP” facing up.
Hanging bolt Support angle

Nut (M10 or W3/8)

13-EN 14-EN

01_1115350113-EN.indd 7 10/4/2559 BE 2:57 PM

 REQUIREMENT
Before installation of the indoor unit, be sure to
„ Wireless remote controller 5 Drain piping work
The standard distance for signal reception is y For length of the traversing drain pipe, restrict to
remove the cushion for transportation between the CAUTION
approximately 8 m vertically against the signal 20 m or less.
fan and the bell mouth. Running the unit without In case of a long pipe, provide support brackets
receiving unit. Based upon it, determine a place where
removing the cushion may damage the fan motor. Following the Installation Manual, perform the with interval of 1.5 to 2 min order to prevent
the remote controller is operated and the installation
drain piping work so that water is properly waving.
place. drained, and apply a heat insulation so as not to
y Operate the remote controller, confirm that the indoor cause a dew dropping. Arched
unit receives a signal surely, and then install it. shape
Inappropriate piping work may result in water NO
y Keep 1 m or more from the devices such as leakage in the room and wet of furniture. GOOD
television, stereo, fluorescent, etc. Trap
(Disturbance of image or noise may generate.)
y To prevent a malfunction, select a place where is not „ Piping / Heat insulating y Set the collective piping as shown in the below
influenced by a fluorescent light or direct sunlight.
y Two or more (Up to 6 units) indoor units with wireless
material figure.
As long as possible (10 cm)
type remote controller can be installed in the same Require the following materials for piping and heat VP25 VP25 VP25
room. insulating at site.
Signal receiving unit Hard vinyl chloride pipe VP25 (Outer
Piping VP30 or more Downward slope
diameter : Ø32 mm)
1/100 or more
Foam polyethylene:
Be sure to remove the cushion for transportation Heat insulator
Thickness 10 mm or more
between the fan and the bell mouth. y Be sure not to apply force to the connecting part of
8m
the drain pipe.
„ Flexible hose y The hard vinyl-chloride pipe cannot be directly
connected to the drain pipe connecting port of the
Use the attached flexible hose to adjust centre indoor unit.
„ Installation of ceiling panel discrepancy of the hard vinyl chloride pipe or to adjust For connection with the drain pipe connecting port,
the angle.
(Sold separately) y Do not use the flexible hose as stretched, or do not
be sure to use / fix the attached flexible hose with
the hose band, otherwise a damage or water leak
deform it more extent than that in the following figure. is caused on the drain pipe connecting port.
Install the ceiling panel according to installation y Be sure to fix the soft end of the flexible hose with
manual after piping / wiring work has completed. the attached hose band. Drain pipe Attached hose VP25 vinyl chloride pipe
Check that installation of indoor unit and ceiling connecting port band (Locally procured)
y Use the flexible hose on a horizontal level.
opening part is correct, and then install it. (Hard socket) Attached flexible hose
OK NO GOOD

Indoor unit
REQUIREMENT
y Joint the connecting sections of ceiling panel,
Riser (Trap)
ceiling surface, ceiling panel and indoor unit max Soft socket Socket for VP25
closely.
45° (Locally procured)
Hard socket
Any gap between them will cause air leakage max
and the generate condensation or water leakage. 45°
90° Bend
Adhesive inhibited:
y Remove the adjust corner caps at the four Use the attached flexible hose and hose band for
connecting the drain hose to the clear drain socket.
corners of the ceiling panel, and then install the If applying the adhesive, socket will be damaged and
REQUIREMENT
ceiling panel onto the indoor unit. cause water leakage.
y Make sure that the claws of the four adjust y Be sure to perform heat insulation of the drain
corner caps are securely fit. pipes of the indoor unit. 5 mm or less 10 to 12 mm
* Improper fitting of the claws may cause water y Never forget to perform heat insulation of the hose band tightening
leakage. connecting part with the indoor unit. margin
An incomplete heat insulation causes dew Drain pipe
dropping. connecting port
y Set the drain pipe with downward slope (1/100 or (Transparent) VP25 vinyl chloride
more), and do not make swelling or trap on the pipe
piping. 10 mm (Locally procured)

Indoor unit
It may cause an abnormal sound.
1.5 m to 2 m
Support
bracket
Heat Flexible hose Socket for VP25 vinyl
insulator (Accessory) chloride pipe
1/100 or more
Heat insulator (Locally procured)
downward

15-EN 16-EN
–8–

01_1115350113-EN.indd 8 10/4/2559 BE 2:57 PM

 –9–

„ Connecting drain pipe
y Connect a hard socket (Locally procured) to the hard
socket of the attached supplied flexible hose.
y Connect a drain pipe (Locally procured) to the
connected hard socket.
REQUIREMENT
y Connect hard vinyl chloride pipes securely using
an adhesive for vinyl chloride to avoid water
leakage.
y It takes some time until the adhesive is dried and
hardened (refer to the manual of the adhesive).
Do not apply stress to the joint with the drain pipe
during this time period.
„ Check the draining
In the test run, check that water drain is properly
performed and water does not leak from the
connecting part of the pipes.
Be sure to check draining also when installed in
heating period.
Using a pitcher or hose, pour water (1500 to 2000cc)
into the discharge port before installation of the ceiling
panel.
Pour water gradually so that water does not spread on
the motor of the drain pump.
CAUTION
y After the electric work has finished, pour water
during COOL mode operation.
y If the electric work has not yet finished, pull out
the float switch connector (CN34: Red) from the
electrical control box, and check draining by plugging
the single phase 220–240 V power to the terminal
blocks 1 and 2.
If doing so, the drain pump motor operates.
y Test water drain while checking the operation sound
of the drain pump motor.
(If the operation sound changes from continuous
sound to intermittent sound, water is normally
drained.)
After the check, the drain pump motor runs,
connecting the float switch connector.
(In case of check by pulling out the float switch
„ Perform heat insulating
y As shown in the figure, cover the flexible hose and
hose band with the attached heat insulator up to the
bottom of the indoor unit without gap.
y Cover the drain pipe seamlessly with a heat insulator
locally procured so that it overlaps with the attached
heat insulator of the drain connecting section.
Wrap the attached heat insulator seamlessly
from the surface of the indoor unit.
Heat insulator of the
Heat insulator
drain connecting (Locally procured)
section (Accessory)

Indoor unit
Pour water gently so that it does not spread around connector, be sure to return the connector to the
inside the indoor unit, which may cause a malfunction. original position.)
„ Drain up
When a down-gradient cannot be secured for the drain Heat
exchanger Single phase
pipe, drain-up piping is possible. 220 – 240 V
y The height of the drain pipe must be 850 mm or less Power
Float switch terminals 1 2 * Direct the slits and seams of the heat insulator
from the bottom of the ceiling. CN34
connector (3P) White upward to avoid water leakage.
y Take the drain pipe out of the drain pipe joint with the (RED)
(CN34: red)
indoor unit in 300 mm or less, and bend up the pipe Drain pan Red
vertically.
Black
y Immediately after the pipe is bent up vertically, lay Power supply
the pipe making a down-gradient. wiring Pull out connector CN34 (Red)
y Set downward grading immediately after raising up from P.C. board.
vertically. Black
661 mm or less

Rising up 850 mm or less

Rising up

Tool for
300 mm or less pouring Insert the hose end between the heat
water exchanger and the drain pan, and then
bend the hose downward.
Bottle
Water (1500 cc to 2000 cc)

Indoor unit
Underside of ceiling

17-EN 18-EN

01_1115350113-EN.indd 9 10/4/2559 BE 2:57 PM

 6 Refrigerant piping and evacuating Tightening connection „ Air purge
CAUTION
„ Refrigerant piping „ Permissible piping length Using a vacuum pump, perform vacuuming from the
charge port of valve of the outdoor unit.
and height difference Do not apply excessive torque. Otherwise, the nut
For details, follow to the Installation Manual attached
1 If the outdoor units are to be mounted may crack depending on the conditions.
to the outdoor unit.
on a wall, make sure that the supporting They vary according to the outdoor unit. y Never use the refrigerant sealed in the outdoor unit
platform is sufficiently strong. The platform For details, refer to the Installation Manual attached to Outer dia. of for air purge.
the outdoor unit. Tightening torque (N·m)
should be designed and manufactured to connecting pipe (mm)
maintain its strength over a long period of 6.4 14 to 18 (1.4 to 1.8 kgf·m) REQUIREMENT
Flaring
time, and sufficient consideration should 9.5 34 to 42 (3.4 to 4.2 kgf·m) For the tools such as charge hose, etc., use those
y Cut the pipe with a pipe cutter.
be given to ensuring that the outdoor unit manufactured exclusively for R410A.
Remove burrs completely. 12.7 49 to 61 (4.9 to 6.1 kgf·m)
will not fall.
Remaining burrs may cause gas leakage. 15.9 63 to 77 (6.3 to 7.7 kgf·m)
2 Use copper pipe with 0.8 mm or more y Insert a flare nut into the pipe, and flare the pipe.
As the flaring sizes of R410A differ from those of
19.1 95 to 115 (9.5 to 11.5 kgf·m)
Refrigerant amount to be added
For addition of the refrigerant, add refrigerant “R410A”
thickness. (In case pipe size is Ø15.9, with
refrigerant R22, the flare tools newly manufactured referring to the attached Installation Manual of outdoor
1.0 mm or more.) q Tightening torque of flare pipe connections
for R410A are recommended. unit.
Pressure of R410A is higher
3
Flare at
Flare nut and flare works are also different indoor Be sure to use a scale to charge the refrigerant of
However, the conventional B than that of R22. specified amount.
from those of the conventional refrigerant. unit side
tools can be used by (Approx. 1.6 times)
Take out the flare nut attached to the main adjusting projection margin Therefore, using a torque REQUIREMENT
unit of the air conditioner, and use it. of the copper pipe. wrench, tighten the flare
pipe connecting sections y Charging an excessive or too little amount of
REQUIREMENT which connect the indoor refrigerant causes an error of the compressor.
and outdoor units of the Be sure to charge the refrigerant of specified
When the refrigerant pipe is long, provide support Flare at amount.
q Projection margin in flaring: B (Unit: mm) specified tightening torque. outdoor
brackets at intervals of 2.5 to 3 m to clamp the y A personnel who charged the refrigerant should
Incorrect connections may unit side
refrigerant pipe. Otherwise, abnormal sound may Outer dia. of Conventional write down the pipe length and the added
R410A tool used cause not only a gas leak,
be generated. copper pipe tool used refrigerant amount in the nameplate attached
but also an error of the refrigeration cycle.
6.4, 9.5 1.5 to 2.0 Align the centres of the connecting pipes and tighten to the service panel of the outdoor unit. It is
0 to 0.5 necessary to troubleshoot the compressor and
12.7, 15.9, 19.1 2.0 to 2.5 the flare nut as far as possible with your fingers. Then
CAUTION tighten the nut with a spanner and torque wrench as refrigeration cycle malfunction.
Important 4 points for piping work q Flaring diameter size: A (Unit: mm) shown in the figure.
1. Remove dust and moisture from the inside of the Open the valve fully
+0
Outer dia. of copper pipe A Open the valve of the outdoor unit fully. Hexagonal
connecting pipes. –0.4 Half union Flare nut
2. Tight connection (between pipes and unit) 6.4 9.1 wrench is required for opening the valve.
3. Evacuate the air in the connecting pipes using 9.5 13.2 For details, refer to the Installation Manual attached to
VACUUM PUMP. Externally Internally
the outdoor unit.
12.7 16.6 threaded side threaded side
4. Check the gas leakage. (Connected points)
15.9 19.7 Use a wrench to secure. Use a torque wrench to tighten. Gas leak check
19.1 24.0 Check with a leak detector or soap water whether gas
„ Pipe size REQUIREMENT leaks or not, from the pipe connecting section or cap
* In case of flaring for R410A with the of the valve.
A
conventional flare tool, pull it out approx. Tightening with an excessive torque may crack the
Pipe size (mm) 0.5 mm more than that for R22 to adjust nut depending on installation conditions. REQUIREMENT
Model : RAV-
Gas side Liquid side to the specified flare size. Tighten the nut within the specified tightening
Use a leak detector manufactured exclusively for
180USP Ø12.7 Ø6.4 The copper pipe gauge is useful for torque.
HFC refrigerant (R410A, R134a, etc.).
240USP, 300USP, adjusting projection margin size.
Ø15.9 Ø9.5 Piping with outdoor unit
360USP
Shape of valve differs according to the outdoor unit.
For details of installation, refer to the Installation
Manual of the outdoor unit.

19-EN 20-EN
– 10 –

01_1115350113-EN.indd 10 10/4/2559 BE 2:57 PM

 – 11 –

Heat insulation process

Apply heat insulation for the pipes separately at liquid
7 Electrical connection
side and gas side.
y To use the attached heat insulation pipe, apply the WARNING
heat insulation to the pipe connecting section of the
indoor unit securely without gap. y Use the specified wires for wiring connect the terminals. Securely fix them to prevent external forces
applied to the terminals from affecting the terminals.
Incomplete connection or fixation may cause a fire or other trouble.
REQUIREMENT
y Connect earth wire. (grounding work)
y Apply the heat insulation to the pipe connecting Incomplete grounding cause an electric shock.
section of the indoor unit securely up to the root Do not connect earth wires to gas pipes, water pipes, lightning conductor or telephone earth wires.
without exposure of the pipe. (The pipe exposed y Appliance shall be installed in accordance with national wiring regulations.
to the outside causes water leak.) Capacity shortage of power circuit or incomplete installation may cause an electric shock or a fire.
y Wrap heat insulator with its slits facing up (ceiling
side).
CAUTION
Wrap the pipe with the attached heat insulator
without any gap between the indoor unit. y For power supply specifications, follow the Installation Manual of outdoor unit.
The seam must be faced upward
y Do not connect 220 – 240 V power to the terminal blocks ( A , B ) for control wiring.
Indoor unit (ceiling side). Otherwise, the system will fail.
y Do not damage or scratch the conductive core and inner insulator of power and inter-connecting wires during
peeling them.
Flare nut
y Perform the electric wiring so that it does not come to contact with the high-temperature part of the pipe.
The coating may melt resulting in an accident.
y Do not turn on the power of the indoor unit until vacuuming of the refrigerant pipes completes.
y The wired remote controller wire and system interconnection wires cannot be parallel to contact each other
and cannot be stored in the same conduits. If doing so, an error may be caused on the control system due to
noise or other factor.
Heat insulator
Heat insulation
pipe Union Banding band
of the pipe
„ System interconnection wires specifications
(Accessory) (locally procured)
y For power supply specifications, follow the Installation Manual of outdoor unit. The power of the indoor
unit is supplied from the outdoor unit.
System interconnection 4 × 1.5 mm² or more
Up to 70 m
wires* (H07 RN-F or 60245 IEC 66)
*Number of wire × wire size

„ Wiring diagram
y Figure below shows the wiring connections between the indoor and outdoor units and between the indoor units
and wired remote controller. The wires indicated by the broken lines are provided at the locally.
y Refer to the both indoor and outdoor unit wiring diagrams.
y The power of the indoor unit is supplied from the outdoor unit.
Single system
Wired remote controller

Wired remote controller

wiring

Indoor side
A B

1 2 3
System interconnection
wires

Outdoor side 1 2 3

Power supply
21-EN 22-EN

01_1115350113-EN.indd 11 10/4/2559 BE 2:57 PM

 „ Wire connection System interconnection
terminal block
Side D (Space: 8.5 mm)
1 2 3
REQUIREMENT Side C (Space: 4 mm)
y Be sure to connect the wires matching the terminal numbers. Incorrect connection causes an error.
y Be sure to pass the wires through the bushing of wiring connection port of the indoor unit.
y Keep a margin (Approx. 100 mm) on a wire to hang down the electrical control box at servicing, etc.
y The low-voltage circuit is provided for the wired remote controller. (Do not connect the high-voltage circuit)
Wired remote Select side C or D for the system interconnection
1 Remove the cover of the electrical control box by taking off the mounting screws (2 positions) controller
terminal block
wire clamping position referring to the following
table according to the wire type and diameter.
and pushing the hooking section. (The cover of the electrical control box remains hanged to * Cable clamp can be attached on either right or left
side.
the hinge.)

A
B
Cord clamp
2 Connect the system interconnection wires to the terminal block of the electrical control box.
Wire type Specification
position

3 Tighten the screws of the terminal block, and fix the wires with cord clamp attached to the Wire type
4-core wire
2.5 mm²
Side D
electrical control box. 4-core wire
Wire type Side C
(Do not apply tension to the connecting section of the terminal block.) Cord clamp 1.5 mm²

4 Using the attached heat insulation material, seal the pipe connecting port. Otherwise, dewing
may be caused.

5 Mount the cover of the electrical control box without pinching wires. 10
L N
1 2 3
(Mount the cover after wiring on the ceiling panel.) 10

70
‚ Heat insulation to wiring 50
connecting port

Earth line

Connecting
wire
Adhered surface
Screws a 2 positions

Hinge
Louver connector „ Wiring on the ceiling panel
(CN510:White)
Notched section According to the installation manual of the ceiling panel, connect signal receiving unit wires to CN214 and CN60
on P.C. board in the electrical control box.

23-EN 24-EN
– 12 –

01_1115350113-EN.indd 12 10/4/2559 BE 2:57 PM

 – 13 –

„ Wired remote Controller Wiring (When a wired remote

controller is installed)
8 Applicable controls
A wired remote controller is required for applicable controls.
Purchase a wired remote controller (sold separately).
y For details of wiring / installation of the remote controller, refer to the installation manual enclosed to in the
remote controller.
REQUIREMENT „ Changing of settings of for
Remote controller wiring, remote controller inter-unit
wiring
Wire size: 2 × 0.5 to 2.0 mm² y When you use this air conditioner for the first applicable controls
time, it takes approx. 5 minutes until the remote
Total wire length of remote controller wiring and remote In case of wired type only Up to 500 m controller becomes available after power-on. Basic procedure for changing settings
controller inter-unit wiring = L + L1 + L2 + … Ln In case of wireless type included Up to 400 m This is normal. Change the settings while the air conditioner is not
Total wire length of remote controller inter-unit wiring = L1 + L2 + … Ln Up to 200 m <When power is turned on for the first time working.
after installation> (Be sure to stop the air conditioner before making
Wiring diagram It takes approx. 5 minutes until the remote settings.)
controller becomes available.
Terminal block for
remote controller Approx. 5 minutes
Terminal block
wiring of indoor unit Power “SETTING” “SETTING” Remote 1
on flashes goes out controller is
available
3
A A Remote
B B controller unit

<When power is turned on for the second (or

4
Remote controller wire
(Locally procured) later) time> 6
It takes approx. 1 minute until the remote
Group control controller becomes available.

Approx. 1 minutes 1 5 2
Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Power “SETTING” “SETTING” Remote
on flashes goes out controller is Procedure 1
Wired available
remote
L Push button and temp. setup button
controller L1 L2 Ln simultaneously for 4 seconds or more.
wiring (Max. 8 units) After a while, the display flashes as shown in the
Wired remote controller y Normal settings were made when the indoor unit
Wired inter-unit wiring figure.
remote was shipped from factory.
controller Change the indoor unit settings as required. Confirm that the CODE No. is [01].
y Use the wired remote controller to change the y If the CODE No. is not [01], push button to erase
settings. the display content, and repeat the procedure from
* The settings cannot be changed using the beginning.
the wireless remote controller, sub remote (No operation of the remote controller is accepted for
controller, or remotecontrollerless system a while after button is pushed.)
(for central remote controller only). Therefore,
install the wired remote controller to change
the settings.

(* Display content varies with

the indoor unit model.)

25-EN 26-EN

01_1115350113-EN.indd 13 10/4/2559 BE 2:57 PM

 Procedure 2
Each time you push button, indoor unit
„ Installing indoor unit on high „ Filter sign setting 5 Push button to check the setting.
numbers in the control group change cyclically. Select ceiling According to the installation condition, the lighting time
The display state changes from flashing to
the indoor unit you want to change settings for. of the filter sign (Notification of filter cleaning) can be
lighting, and the setting is fixed.
When an indoor unit is installed on a ceiling higher
The fan of the selected unit runs and the louvers start
swinging. You can confirm the indoor unit for which than the standard height, make the high-ceiling setting
changed.
Follow to the basic operation procedure
6 Push button to end the setting.
for fan speed adjustment. * When the cold draft position is selected, ceiling
you want to change settings. (1 → 2 → 3 → 4 → 5 → 6 ).
Follow to the basic operation procedure contamination is less reduced.
y For the CODE No. in Procedure 3, specify [01].
(1 → 2 → 3 → 4 → 5 → 6 ).
y For the [SET DATA] in Procedure 4, select the SET
y For the CODE No. in Procedure 3, specify [5d].
DATA of filter sign lighting time from the following
„ Swing type
y Select the SET DATA for Procedure 4 from the table.
“Height list of ceiling possible to be installed” table in
this manual. SET DATA Filter sign lighting time
1 Push for 4 seconds or more when the
air conditioner is not working.
Procedure 3 0000 None flashes.
Using temp. setup / buttons, specify CODE Remote controller-less setting 0001 150 H Indicates CODE No. “F0.”
No. [ ]. Change the high-ceiling setting with the DIP switch on
0002 2500 H (Factory default)
Procedure 4
the receiver section P.C. board.
The settings can also be changed with the switch on 0003 5000 H 2 Select an indoor unit to be set by pushing
Using timer time / buttons, select SET DATA (left side of the button).
the indoor microcomputer P.C. board. 0004 10000 H
[ ]. Each time you push the button, unit
* Once the setting is changed, setting to 0001 or
numbers change as follows:
0003 is possible, however setting to 0000 requires a
Procedure 5
setting data change to 0000 using the wired remote
„ Horizontal wind direction
Push button. When the display changes from Unit No. Unit No. Unit No.
controller (separately sold) with the normal switch 1-1 1-2 1-3
flashing to lit, the setup is completed.
y To change settings of another indoor unit, repeat
setting (factory default). 1 Push and TEMP. buttons for
4 seconds or more when the air conditioner Not Unit No.
from Procedure 2. is not working. display 1-4
y To change other settings of the selected indoor unit,
L401

C08

flashes. The fan of the selected unit runs and the louvers
T01

CN10
CN41

repeat from Procedure 3. 2

Indicates CODE No. “01.” start swinging.

DB01
N
CN100

O 1
CN34

SW501

Use button to clear the settings.

CN22
CN102

SG01
2 3

F01
IC503
CN101

WHI P02
IC501

RED
To make settings after button was pushed, repeat Select an indoor unit to be set by pushing Select a swing type by pushing TIME
CN104

CR01
CN214
CN61

CN339
CN210

R02
CN521
CN20

from Procedure 2. button (left side of the button). buttons.

RED

WHI

BLK
Indoor unit number changes each time you
Procedure 6 push the button.
When settings have been completed, push button
SW501-2 Unit No. Unit No. Unit No.
to determine the settings. SW501-1 1-1 1-2 1-3
When button is pushed, “SETTING” flashes and
then the display content disappears and the air MCU(IC501)
Not Unit No.
conditioner enters the normal stop mode. display 1-4
(While “SETTING” is flashing, no operation of the Swing SET DATA
remote controller is accepted.) SET DATA SW501-1 SW501-2 The fan of the selected unit runs and the louvers
start swinging.
0000 Swing SET DATA Swing of louvers
OFF OFF
(Factory default)
0001 ON OFF
3 Change the CODE No. to “45” with TEMP.
0001
Standard swing
buttons. (Factory default)
0003 OFF ON
4 Select wind direction setting with TIME
0002
0003
Dual swing
Cycle swing
buttons.
‹ To restore the factory defaults
To return the DIP switch settings to the factory Wind direction CAUTION
Wind direction setting
defaults, set SW501-1 and SW501-2 to OFF, connect setting code
Do not set the swing SET DATA to “0000”.
a separately sold wired remote controller, and then set Smudge reducing position (This setting may cause a failure of the louvers.)
the data of CODE No. [5d] to “0000”. 0000 (Air direction to reduce ceiling
contamination)
Cold draft position
0002 (Air direction to control cold air fall)
[Factory default]

27-EN 28-EN
– 14 –

01_1115350113-EN.indd 14 10/4/2559 BE 2:57 PM

 – 15 –

y About “Dual swing”

“Dual” means that louvers 01 and 03 are directed
„ Louver lock (No swing) „ Cancelling louver lock Indoor unit data
CODE No. Data name
and swing in one direction and louvers 02 and 04 are
directed and swing in the opposite direction. 1 Push (right side of the button) for
Set the wind direction to “0000” of the louver lock
setup procedure above. 01 Room temperature (remote controller)
(When louvers 01 and 03 are directed downward, 4 seconds or more when the air conditioner 02 Indoor unit intake air temperature (TA)
louvers 02 and 04 are directed upward.) is not working. Indoor unit heat exchanger (coil)
flashes. 03
y About “Cycle swing” temperature (TCJ)
The four louvers swing independently at respective Indicates CODE No. “F1.” Indoor unit heat exchanger (coil)
04
timings.
2 Select an indoor unit to be set by pushing
temperature (TC)
Indoor unit fan cumulative operating hours
Electrical control box (left side of the button). Setting data F2
0000 (x100 h)
Each time you push the button, unit
03 numbers change as follows: y When the setting is cancelled, goes out.
F3 Filter sign cumulative hours (x1 h)
The fan of the selected unit runs and the F8 Indoor unit discharge air temperature
Other operations are the same as those in
Refrigerant louvers start swinging. “Louver lock (No swing)”.
pipe Outdoor unit data
Unit No. Unit No. Unit No.
CODE No. Data name
1-1 1-2 1-3 „ Wired remote controller Outdoor unit heat exchanger (coil)
04 02 Unit No. switch monitoring function 60
temperature (TE)
1-4 61 Outside air temperature (TO)
This function is available to call the service monitor

Drain pipe
3 Select a louver you want to lock by pushing mode from the wired remote controller during a test 62
63
Compressor discharge air temperature (TD)
Compressor intake air temperature (TS)
TEMP. buttons. run to acquire temperatures of sensors of the wired
remote controller, indoor unit, and outdoor unit. 64 —
4 Select the wind direction of the louver you
1 Push and buttons simultaneously 65 Heat sink temperature (THS)
01 do not want to swing by pushing TIME
for 4 seconds or more to call the service 6A Operating current (x1/10)
buttons.
monitor mode. F1
Compressor cumulative operating hours
(x100h)
4 Push button.
The service monitor indicator lights up and
the header indoor unit number is displayed
5 Push button to complete the setting. (1) (2) (3) first. CODE No. is also displayed.
Setting data 0001 0002 0003
2 Pushing TEMP. buttons, select the
number of sensor, etc. (CODE No.) to be
monitored. (See the following table.)
(4)
0004
(5)
0005
3 Pushing (left side of the button),
select an indoor unit to be monitored. The
* When (4) or (5) is selected, dew drop may occur sensor temperatures of indoor units and
during cooling mode. their outdoor unit in the control group are
displayed.
5 Determine the setting by pushing button.
4
When the setting has been determined, Push button to return to the normal
lights up. display.

6 Push button to complete the setting.

0001-0005
(Louver lock position code)
4
1 3

29-EN 30-EN

01_1115350113-EN.indd 15 10/4/2559 BE 2:57 PM

 „ Group control To recognize the position of the Procedure 3
corresponding indoor unit though the After confirmation, push button to return the mode
One wired remote controller can control maximum 8 indoor unit No. is known to the usual mode.
indoor units as a group. When pushing button, the display disappears and
Check the position during operation stop.
the status becomes the usual stop status.
q Group control (Be sure to stop operation of the set.)
(When pushing button the operation from the
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit Outdoor unit remote controller is not accepted for approx. 1 minute.)
Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit

(Max. 8 units)
Remote
controller Finish of address setup by power-ON

y Wiring between lines is performed in the following

procedure.
Connect the terminal block (A / B) of the indoor unit 1 „ Auto restart
connected with a wired remote controller to the
1,3 2
terminal blocks (A / B) of the indoor units of other
indoor units by wiring the inter-unit wire of the remote Auto restart is off as factory default. It can be set to
controller. on by pressing the TEMPORARY button on the signal
Procedure 1
y When the power supply has been turned on, the receiving unit.
Push simultaneously + buttons for 4 seconds
automatic address setup starts and which indicates or more.
that address is being set up flashes on the display 1. Cancel
After a while, the display part flashes and the display
part. During setup of automatic address, the wired Press and hold down the TEMPORARY button for
appears as shown below.
remote controller operation is not accepted. 3 to 10 seconds, and the unit will “Pi-pi” and auto
In this time, the position can be checked because fan
restart is set to off. At this time, the unit will enter
Required time up to the finish of automatic and louver of the indoor unit operate.
temporary operation mode. Then, you can start the
addressing is approx. 5 minutes. y For the group control, the indoor unit No. is displayed
unit with a remote controller to change it to standard
as [ ] and fans and louvers of all the indoor
operation mode.
units in the group control operate.
Check the displayed CODE No. is [01].
2. Resetting
y When the CODE No. is other than [01], push
button to erase the display and repeat procedure y To set it back to on, repeat the same procedure.
from the first step. The unit will “Pi-pi”, while the operation light
(After pushing button, operation of the remote (green) blinks for 5 seconds. Then, auto restart will
controller is not accepted for approx. 1 minute.) be set to on.
y When the TEMPORARY button is pressed and
held down for more than 10 seconds, the unit
will “Pi” while the light (green), the light
(green) and the light (orange) blink quickly.
Then, the unit will start a forced test run. Press the
TEMPORARY button again to stop the unit.
(* Display changes according to
the model No. of indoor unit.) To change the setting, follow the procedure again.

Procedure 2
In the group control, every pushing button,
the indoor unit No. in the group control is displayed in 1
order.
In this time, the position of the indoor unit can be
confirmed because only fan and louver of the selected
indoor unit operate.
(For a group control, No. of the firstly displayed indoor
unit becomes the header unit.)
2

31-EN 32-EN
– 16 –

01_1115350113-EN.indd 16 10/4/2559 BE 2:57 PM

 – 17 –

9 Test run ‹ Signal receiving unit Procedure 3

„ Before test run
y Before turning on the power supply, carry out the
following procedure.
1) Using 500 V-megger, check that resistance of
1M Ω or more exists between the terminal block
1 to 3 and the earth (grounding).
If resistance of less than 1M Ω is detected, do not
run the unit.
2) Check the valve of the outdoor unit being opened
fully.
„ Execute a test run
Using the remote controller, operate the unit as usual.
For the procedure of the operation, refer to the
attached Owner’s Manual.
A forced test run can be executed in the following
procedure even if the operation stops by thermo.-OFF.
CAUTION
Do not use the forced test run for cases other than
the test run because it applies an excessive load to
the devices.
Using button, select the operation mode,
Procedure 4 1 When TEMPORARY button is pushed for [COOL].
10 seconds or more, “Pi!” sound is heard y Do not run the air conditioner in a mode other than
Cooling test run [COOL].
and the operation changes to a forced
After confirming a signal receiving sound “Pi” immediately cooling operation. After approx. 3 minutes, y The temperature controlling function does not work
set the temperature to 19 °C with the temp. setup buttons. during test run.
a cooling operation starts forcedly.
y The detection of error is performed as usual.
Check cool air starts blowing. If the
Procedure 5
operation does not start, check wiring
Cooling test run again.
After confirming a signal receiving sound “Pi” immediately
set the temperature to 18 °C with the temp. setup buttons. 2 To stop a test operation, push TEMPORARY
button once again (Approx. 1 second).
Procedure 6 y Check wiring / piping of the indoor and
outdoor units in forced cooling operation. Procedure 4
Repeat procedures 4 → 5 → 4 → 5.
Indicators “Operation” (green), “Timer” (green), and
After the test run, push
run.
button to stop a test
“Ready” (orange) in the wireless receiver section flash
in approx. 10 seconds, and the air conditioner starts (Display part is same as procedure 1.)
operation. If any of these indicators does not flash,
Procedure 5
repeat procedures 3 to 5.
Push check button to cancel (release from) the test
Procedure 7 TEMPORARY
run mode.
button
Upon completion of the test run, push “START/STOP” ([TEST] disappears on the display and the status
button to stop operation. Wireless signal returns to a normal.)
receiving unit of
ceiling panel
q Test run:
START → 18 °C → 19 °C → 18 °C → 19 °C → 18 °C
→ 19 °C → 18 °C → Test run → STOP
‹ Wired remote controller

‹ Wireless remote controller 2, 4

Procedure 1
Turn on the power of the air conditioner.
3
When power is turned on for the first time after
installation, it takes approx. 5 minutes until the PRESET FAN
3,4,5,6 1,5
remote controller becomes available. In the case of
subsequent power-on, it takes approx. 1 minute until
TEMP
2
2
MODE
the remote controller becomes available. Execute a Procedure 1
test run after the predetermined time has passed. Keep button pushed for 4 seconds or more. [TEST]
2,7 is displayed on the display part and the selection of
Procedure 2 mode in the test mode is permitted.
Push “START/STOP” button on the remote controller,
select [COOL] with “MODE” button, and then select
[HIGH] with “FAN” button.

Procedure 3
Cooling test run
Set the temperature to 18 ºC with the temp. setup buttons. Procedure 2
Push button.

33-EN 34-EN

01_1115350113-EN.indd 17 10/4/2559 BE 2:57 PM

 10 Maintenance
The fan is running for self cleaning maintenance
after running the cooling or dry mode. Terminate the
self cleaning mode forcibly when maintaining the air
conditioner.
Before maintenance, be sure to turn off the circuit
breaker.
1 Close the air intake grille.
Close the air intake grille, slide the knob outward,
3 Mount the discharge louver.
First push in one side of the louver, and
Cleaning air filters and fix the air intake grille securely. then insert the other side sagging the centre
If the air filters are not cleaned, it not only reduce the downward.
cooling a performance of air conditioner but causes
a failure in the air conditioner such as water falling in 2 Insert in the louver sagging
1 Insert down the center downward.
drops.
Preparation:

Cleaning air filter 1 Stop the operation by remote controller.

Air intake grille
y If is displayed on the wired remote controller,
maintain the air filter.
2 Dismount the air filter.
y Clogging of the air filter reduce cooling / heating Knob
performance.

Cleaning panel and air filter 2 Push button. (Wired remote controller) Be careful to the direction of the louver
when mounting.
“FILTER ” disappears.
Preparation: Strap to Mount the louver so that the side with the mark
faces upward and the arrow direction of the
1 Turn off the air conditioner by the remote
prevent falling
CAUTION mark directs.
controller.
Do not start the air conditioner while leaving the
2 Open the air intake grille. panel and air filter removed.
Slide the button of the air intake grille inward,
Air filter
and open the air intake grille slowly while Cleaning discharge louver
holding it. The discharge louver can be removed to clean.
Use a vacuum cleaner to remove dust from the
filters or wash them with water. 1 Remove the discharge louver.
y After rinsing the air filters with water, dry them in the Holding the both ends of the discharge louver,
shade. remove the louver sagging the centre downward.
y Set the air filter into the air conditioner.

Clean the panel and air filter with water:

y Wipe down the panel and air filter with a sponge or
Air intake grille
towel moistened with a kitchen detergent. (Do not
use any metallic brush for cleaning.)
Knob
y Carefully rinse the panel and air filter to wash out
the detergent.
y After rinsing the panel and air filter with water,
dry it in the shade.
2 Cleaning with water
If the dirt is terrible, clean the louver by tepid
water with neutral detergent or water.

35-EN 36-EN
– 18 –

01_1115350113-EN.indd 18 10/4/2559 BE 2:57 PM

 – 19 –

NOTE
Annual maintenance
11 Troubleshooting
y For environmental conservation, it is strongly recommended that the indoor and outdoor units of the air „ Confirmation and check „ Confirmation of error log
conditioner in use be cleaned and maintained regularly to ensure efficient operation of the air conditioner.
When the air conditioner is operated for a long time, periodic maintenance (once a year) is recommended. When an error occurred in the air conditioner, the When an error occurred on the air conditioner,
Furthermore, regularly check the outdoor unit for rust and scratches, and remove them or apply rustproof check code and the indoor unit No. appear on the the error log can be confirmed with the following
treatment, if necessary. display part of the remote controller. procedure.
As a general rule, when an indoor unit is operated for 8 hours or more daily, clean the indoor unit and The check code is only displayed during the operation. (The error log is stored in memory up to 4 errors.)
outdoor unit at least once every 3 months. Ask a professional for this cleaning / maintenance work. If the display disappears, operate the air conditioner The log can be confirmed from both operating state
Such maintenance can extend the life of the product though it involves the owner’s expense. according to the following “Confirmation of error log” and stop state.
Failure to clean the indoor and outdoor units regularly will result in poor performance, freezing, water for confirmation.
leakage, and even compressor failure.
y This product incorporates a drain pump. 2
If it is used in a place full of dust or oil mist, the pump will be clogged and proper drainage is disabled.
Clean the drain pump periodically. For how to clean the drain pump, contact the dealer.

3 1
Check code Indoor unit No. in which
Inspection before maintenance an error occurred
Following inspection must be carried out by a qualified installer or qualified service person.
Procedure 1
Parts Inspection method When pushing and buttons at the same time for
Access from inspection opening and remove the access panel. Examine the heat exchanger if 4 seconds or more, the following display appears.
Heat exchanger
there is any clogging or damages. If [Service check] is displayed, the mode enters in
Fan motor Access from inspection opening and check if any abnormal noise can be heard. the error log mode.
y [01 : Order of error log] is displayed in CODE No.
Access from inspection opening and remove the access panel. Examine the fan if there are any
Fan window.
waggles, damages or adhesive dust.
y [Check code] is displayed in CHECK window.
Filter Go to installed location and check if there are any stains or breaks on the filter.
y [Indoor unit address in which an error occurred] is
Access from inspection opening and remove the access panel. Check if there is any clogging or displayed in Unit No.
Drain pan
drain water is polluted.

q Maintenance List
Part Unit Check (visual / auditory) Maintenance
Wash the heat exchanger when it is
Heat exchanger Indoor / outdoor Dust / dirt clogging, scratches
clogged. Procedure 2
Every pushing of button used to set
Take appropriate measures when
Fan motor Indoor / outdoor Sound temperature, the error log stored in memory is
abnormal sound is generated.
displayed in order.
y Wash the filter with water when it is The numbers in CODE No. indicate CODE No. [01]
Filter Indoor Dust / dirt, breakage contaminated. (latest) → [04] (oldest).
y Replace it when it is damaged.
y Vibration, balance y Replace the fan when vibration or REQUIREMENT
y Dust / dirt, appearance balance is terrible.
Fan Indoor
y Brush or wash the fan when it is Do not push button because all the error log of
contaminated. the indoor unit will be deleted.
Air intake / discharge Fix or replace them when they are
Indoor / outdoor Dust / dirt, scratches
grilles deformed or damaged. Procedure 3
Dust / dirt clogging, drain Clean the drain pan and check the After confirmation, push button to return to the
Drain pan Indoor
contamination downward slope for smooth drainage. normal display.
Ornamental panel, Wash them when they are contaminated
Indoor Dust / dirt, scratches
louvers or apply repair coating.
y Rust, peeling of insulator
Exterior Outdoor Apply repair coating.
y Peeling / lift of coat

37-EN 38-EN

01_1115350113-EN.indd 19 10/4/2559 BE 2:57 PM

 „ Check codes and parts to be checked Wired
remote
Wireless remote controller
Sensor block display of
controller
receiving unit
display Air
Wired Judging
Wireless remote controller Main defective parts Parts to be checked / error description conditioner
remote Operation Timer Ready device
Sensor block display of status
controller GR GR OR
receiving unit Indication Flashing
display Air
Judging
Main defective parts Parts to be checked / error description conditioner
Operation Timer Ready device
status
GR GR OR Temp. sensor
Indication Flashing F15 ALT Outdoor Temp. sensor (TE / TS) may be connected incorrectly. Entire stop
connection error
Indoor unit, other P.C.
F29 SIM Indoor Indoor P.C. board --- EEPROM error Auto-reset
Incorrect remote controller setting --- The header remote board error
No header remote
controller has not been set (including two remote Outdoor unit P.C.
controller Remote F31 SIM Outdoor Outdoor P.C. board ---- In the case of EEPROM error. Entire stop
E01 controllers). * board
controller
Remote controller Outdoor unit Current detect circuit, power voltage --- Minimum frequency
No signal can be received from the indoor unit.
communication error H01 compressor Outdoor was reached in the current releasing control or short-circuit Entire stop
System interconnection wires, indoor P.C. board, remote breakdown current (Idc) after direct excitation was detected
Remote controller Remote
E02
transmission error controller
controller * Outdoor unit
--- No signal can be sent to the indoor unit. H02 Outdoor Compressor circuit --- Compressor lock was detected. Entire stop
compressor lock
Indoor unit-remote Remote controller, network adapter, indoor P.C. board --- Current detect circuit, outdoor unit P.C. board --- Abnormal
E03 controller regular Indoor No data is received from the remote controller or network Auto-reset Outdoor unit current
H03 Outdoor current was detected in AC-CT or a phase loss was Entire stop
communication error adapter. detect circuit error
detected.
Indoor unit-outdoor Case thermostat
unit serial H04 Outdoor Malfunction of the case thermostat Entire stop
System interconnection wires, indoor P.C. board, outdoor operation
E04 communication error Indoor P.C. board --- Serial communication error between indoor Auto-reset
unit and outdoor unit Current, high-pressure switch circuit, outdoor P.C. board
IPDU-CDB Outdoor unit low-
H06 Outdoor --- Ps pressure sensor error was detected or low-pressure Entire stop
communication error pressure system error
protective operation was activated.
Duplicated indoor Indoor address setting error --- The same address as the Duplicated header Indoor address setting error --- There are two or more
E08 Indoor Auto-reset L03 SIM Indoor Entire stop
addresses self-address was detected. indoor units header units in the group.
Remote controller address setting error --- Two remote Group line in individual Indoor address setting error --- There is at least one
controllers are set as header in the double-remote L07 SIM Indoor Entire stop
indoor unit group-connected indoor unit among individual indoor units.
Duplicated header Remote controller control.
E09
remote controllers controller *
Indoor group address Indoor address setting error --- Indoor address group has
(* The header indoor unit stops raising alarm and follower L08 SIM Indoor Entire stop
not set not been set.
indoor units continue to operate.)
Indoor power level
CPU-CPU Indoor P.C. board --- Communication error between main L09 SIM Indoor Indoor power level has not been set. Entire stop
E10 Indoor Auto-reset not set
communication error MCU and motor microcomputer MCU
Outdoor unit P.C. In the case of outdoor P.C. board jumper wire (for service)
Header indoor-unit L10 SIM Outdoor Entire stop
board setting error
indoor follower unit Indoor P.C. board --- Regular communication is not
E18 Indoor Auto-reset
regular communication possible between header and follower indoor units. Other outdoor unit error Entire stop
error
1) Communication error between IPDU MCU and CDB
Other outdoor unit
IPDU communication L29 SIM Outdoor MCU
E31 Outdoor Communication error between IPDU and CDB Entire stop error Entire stop
error
2) Abnormal temperature was detected by the heat sink
Indoor unit heat Heat exchanger sensor (TCJ), indoor P.C. board --- temp. sensor in IGBT.
F01 ALT exchanger sensor Indoor Open-circuit or short-circuit of the heat exchanger sensor Auto-reset
Abnormal external
(TCJ) error (TCJ) was detected. External devices, outdoor unit P.C. board --- Abnormal stop
L30 SIM input into indoor unit Indoor Entire stop
due to incorrect external input into CN80
Indoor unit heat Heat exchanger sensor (TC), indoor P.C. board --- (interlock)
F02 ALT exchanger sensor (TC) Indoor Open-circuit or short-circuit of the heat exchanger sensor Auto-reset
Operation
error (TC) was detected.
Phase sequence Power supply phase sequence, outdoor unit P.C. board --- continued
L31 SIM Outdoor
Outdoor unit discharge Outdoor temp. sensor (TD), outdoor P.C. board --- error, etc. Abnormal phase sequence of the 3-phase power supply (thermostat
F04 ALT temp. sensor (TD) Outdoor Open-circuit or short-circuit of the discharge temp. sensor Entire stop OFF)
error was detected.
Outdoor unit discharge An error was detected in the discharge temp. releasing
P03 ALT Outdoor Entire stop
Outdoor temp. sensors (TE / TS), outdoor P.C. board --- temp. error control.
Outdoor unit temp.
F06 ALT Outdoor Open-circuit or short-circuit of the heat exchanger temp. Entire stop
sensor (TE / TS) error High-pressure switch --- The IOL was activated or an error
sensor was detected. Outdoor unit high-
P04 ALT Outdoor was detected in the high-pressure releasing control using Entire stop
pressure system error
F07 ALT TL sensor error Outdoor TL sensor may be displaced, disconnected or short-circuited. Entire stop the TE.
The power cable may be connected incorrectly. Check open
Outdoor temp. sensor (TO), outdoor P.C. board --- P05 ALT Open phase detected Outdoor Entire stop
Outdoor unit outside Operation phase and voltages of the power supply.
F08 ALT Outdoor Open-circuit or short-circuit of the outdoor air temp. sensor
air temp. sensor error continued
was detected. Abnormal temperature was detected by the temp. sensor of
P07 ALT Heat sink overheat Outdoor Entire stop
the IGBT heat sink.
Indoor unit room temp. Room temp. sensor (TA), indoor P.C. board --- Open-circuit
F10 ALT Indoor Auto-reset
sensor (TA) error or short-circuit of the room temp. sensor (TA) was detected. Drain pipe, clogging of drainage, float switch circuit, indoor
Indoor unit water
P10 ALT Indoor P.C. board --- Drainage is out of order or the float switch Entire stop
TS sensor may be displaced, disconnected or short- overflow detected
F12 ALT TS sensor error Outdoor Entire stop was activated.
circuited.
Abnormal operation of the indoor fan motor, indoor P.C.
Abnormal temperature was detected by the temp. sensor of The fan error of the
F13 ALT Heat sink sensor error Outdoor Entire stop P12 ALT Indoor board, or indoor DC fan (over current or lock, etc.) is Entire stop
the IGBT heat sink. indoor unit
detected.

39-EN 40-EN
– 20 –

01_1115350113-EN.indd 20 10/4/2559 BE 2:57 PM

 – 21 –

Wired Wireless remote controller

remote Sensor block display of
controller receiving unit
display Air
Judging
Main defective parts Parts to be checked / error description conditioner
Operation Timer Ready device
status
GR GR OR
Indication Flashing

There may be gas leakage from the pipe or connecting

P15 ALT Gas leakage detected Outdoor Entire stop
part. Check for gas leakage.
4-way valve, indoor temp. sensors (TC / TCJ) --- An error
Outdoor Auto-reset
P19 ALT 4-way valve error was detected due to temperature drop of the indoor unit
(Indoor) (Auto-reset)
heat exchanger sensor when heating.
High-pressure
P20 ALT Outdoor High-pressure protection Entire stop
protective operation
Outdoor unit fan motor, outdoor unit P.C. board --- An error
P22 ALT Outdoor unit fan error Outdoor (overcurrent, locking, etc.) was detected in the outdoor unit Entire stop
fan drive circuit.
IGBT, outdoor unit P.C. board, inverter wiring, compressor
Outdoor unit inverter
P26 ALT Outdoor --- Short-circuit protection for compressor drive circuit Entire stop
Idc activated
devices (G-Tr / IGBT) was activated.
Outdoor unit position Outdoor unit P.C. board, high-pressure switch ---
P29 ALT Outdoor Entire stop
error Compressor motor position error was detected.
Another indoor unit in the group is raising an alarm. Entire stop
P31 ALT Other indoor unit error Indoor E03 / L07 / L03 / L08 alarm check locations and error
Auto-reset
description

: Lighting : Flashing : OFF : The air conditioner automatically enters the auto-address setting mode.
ALT: When two LEDs are flashing, they flash alternately. SIM: When two LEDs are flashing, they flash in synchronization.
Receiving unit display OR: Orange GR: Green

41-EN 42-EN

01_1115350113-EN.indd 21 10/4/2559 BE 2:58 PM

 TOSHIBA CARRIER (THAILAND) CO.,LTD.
144/9 MOO 5, BANGKADI INDUSTRIAL PARK, TIVANON ROAD, TAMBOL BANGKADI,
AMPHUR MUANG, PATHUMTHANI 12000, THAILAND.

01_1115350113-EN.indd 25 10/4/2559 BE 2:58 PM

 ‫‪1115350113‬‬
‫ﻣﻛ ّﯾف ھواء )طراز ﺳﺑﻠت(‬
‫دﻟﯾل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‬

‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧدام اﻟﺗﺟﺎري ﻓﻘط‬
‫اﺳم اﻟطراز‪:‬‬

‫وﺣدة رﺑﺎﻋﯾﺔ اﻻﺗﺟﺎھﺎت ﻣن ﻧوع اﻟﻛﺎﺳﯾت‬

‫‪RAV-180USP Series‬‬
‫‪RAV-240USP Series‬‬
‫‪RAV-300USP Series‬‬
‫‪RAV-360USP Series‬‬

‫‪02_1115350113-AR.indd 1‬‬ ‫‪9/26/2559 BE 11:23 AM‬‬

 ‫–‪–۱‬‬

‫ﯾرﺟﻰ ﻗراءة ھذا اﻟدﻟﯾل ﺑﻌﻧﺎﯾﺔ ﺣﯾث أﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﺣﺗوي ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠوﻣﺎت ﺗﺗواﻓق ﻣﻊ ﺗوﺟﯾﮫ "اﻵﻻت" )ﺗوﺟﯾﮫ ‪ /٤۲/ ۲۰۰٦‬اﻻﺗﺣﺎد اﻷوروﺑﻲ(‪ ,‬وﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﻓﮭﻣﮭﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾﻣﺎت اﻷﺻﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌد اﻻﻧﺗﮭﺎء ﻣن أﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪ ,‬ﻗم ﺑﺗﺳﻠﯾم دﻟﯾل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب ھذا ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ دﻟﯾل اﻟﻣﺎﻟك إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم‪ ,‬واطﻠب ﻣن اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم ﺣﻔظﮭﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎن آﻣن ﻟﻠرﺟوع إﻟﯾﮭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑل‪.‬‬ ‫ﯾرﺟﻰ ﻗراءة دﻟﯾل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب ﺑﻌﻧﺎﯾﺔ ﻗﺑل ﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪.‬‬
‫• ﯾﺻف ھذا اﻟدﻟﯾل طرﯾق ﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺗﺳﻣﯾﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﻛﯾف ھواء‬ ‫• ﻟﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪ ,‬اﺗﺑﻊ دﻟﯾل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣرﻓق ﻣﻊ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌرﯾف أﺧﺻﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟﻣؤھل أو ﻓﻧﻲ اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻣؤھل‬

‫ﯾﺟب أن ﯾﺗم ﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء وﺻﯾﺎﻧﺗﮫ وإﺻﻼﺣﮫ وإزاﻟﺗﮫ ﻣن ﻗﺑل أﺧﺻﺎﺋﻲ ﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣؤھل أو ﻓﻧﻲ ﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ ﻣؤھل‪ .‬ﻋﻧد اﻟﺷروع ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘﯾﺎم ﺑﺄي ﻣن ھذه اﻟوظﺎﺋف‪،‬‬ ‫اﻋﺗﻣﺎد ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد اﻟﺟدﯾد‬
‫اطﻠب أﺧﺻﺎﺋﻲ ﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣؤھل أو ﻓﻧﻲ ﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ ﻣؤھل ﻟﻠﻘﯾﺎم ﺑﮭﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ھذا ﺳﺎﺋل ‪ ,R٤۱۰A‬وھو ﻏﺎز ﺗﺑرﯾد ﺻدﯾق ﻟﻠﺑﯾﺋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫أﺧﺻﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟﻣؤھل أو ﻓﻧﻲ اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻣؤھل ھو وﻛﯾل ﻟدﯾﮫ ﻣؤھﻼت وﻣﻌرﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺣو اﻟﻣوﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺟدول أدﻧﺎه‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻣؤھﻼت واﻟﻣﻌﺎرف اﻟﺗﻲ ﯾﺟب أن ﺗﻛون ﻟدى اﻟوﻛﯾل‬ ‫اﻟوﻛﯾل‬ ‫اﻟﻣﺣﺗوﯾﺎت‬

‫أﺧﺻﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟﻣؤھل ھو اﻟﺷﺧص اﻟذي ﯾﻘوم ﺑﺗرﻛﯾب وﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ وﻧﻘل وإزاﻟﺔ ﻣﻛﯾﻔﺎت اﻟﮭواء اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺻﻧﻌﮭﺎ ﺷرﻛﺔ ‪Toshiba Carrier‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ .Corporation‬وﻗد ﺗم ﺗدرﯾﺑﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗرﻛﯾب وﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ وﻧﻘل وإزاﻟﺔ ﻣﻛﯾﻔﺎت اﻟﮭواء اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺻﻧﻌﮭﺎ ﺷرﻛﺔ ‪Toshiba Carrier Corporation‬‬
‫أو‪ ،‬ﺑدﻻ ﻣن ذﻟك‪ ،‬ﺻدرت إﻟﯾﮫ ﺗﻌﻠﯾﻣﺎت ﻟﻠﻘﯾﺎم ﺑﮭذه اﻟﻌﻣﻠﯾﺎت ﻣن ﻗﺑل ﻓرد أو أﻓراد ﺗم ﺗدرﯾﺑﮭم‪ ,‬وﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻟدﯾﮭم اﻟﻣﻌرﻓﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﮭذه‬
‫اﺣﺗﯾﺎطﺎت اﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ‪۳ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫‪۱‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻣﻠﯾﺎت‪.‬‬
‫أﺧﺻﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟﻣؤھل اﻟﻣﺳﻣوح ﻟﮫ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﯾﺎم ﺑﮭذه اﻷﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﺿﻣﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪ ،‬واﻟﻧﻘل‪ ,‬واﻹزاﻟﺔ ﻟدﯾﮫ اﻟﻣؤھﻼت اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﮭذا‬ ‫•‬ ‫إﺟزاء اﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎت ‪٤ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫‪۲‬‬
‫اﻷﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺣو اﻟﻣﻧﺻوص ﻋﻠﯾﮫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘواﻧﯾن واﻟﻠواﺋﺢ اﻟﻣﺣﻠﯾﺔ‪ ،‬وھو اﻟﺷﺧص اﻟذي ﺗم ﺗدرﯾﺑﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋل اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻣﺎل‬
‫اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻣﻛﯾﻔﺎت اﻟﮭواء اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺻﻧﻌﮭﺎ ﺷرﻛﺔ ‪ Toshiba Carrier Corporation‬أو‪ ،‬ﺑدﻻ ﻣن ذﻟك‪ ،‬ﺻدرت إﻟﯾﮫ ﺗﻌﻠﯾﻣﺎت ﺑﻣﺛل‬ ‫اﺧﺗﯾﺎر ﻣﻛﺎن اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب ‪٥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫‪۳‬‬
‫أﺧﺻﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‬
‫ھذه اﻷﻣور ﻣن ﻗﺑل ﻓرد أو أﻓراد ﺗم ﺗدرﯾﺑﮭم‪ ,‬وﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻟدﯾﮫ ﻣﻌرﻓﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ ذات اﻟﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﮭذا اﻟﻌﻣل‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻣؤھل‬
‫أﺧﺻﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟﻣؤھل اﻟﻣﺳﻣوح ﻟﮫ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﯾﺎم ﺑﮭذه اﻷﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﺿﻣﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪ ،‬واﻟﻧﻘل‪ ,‬واﻹزاﻟﺔ ﻟدﯾﮫ اﻟﻣؤھﻼت اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﮭذا‬ ‫•‬ ‫اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب ‪٦ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫اﻷﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺣو اﻟﻣﻧﺻوص ﻋﻠﯾﮫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘواﻧﯾن واﻟﻠواﺋﺢ اﻟﻣﺣﻠﯾﺔ‪ ،‬وھو اﻟﺷﺧص اﻟذي ﺗم ﺗدرﯾﺑﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋل اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻣﺎل‬
‫اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻣﻛﯾﻔﺎت اﻟﮭواء اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺻﻧﻌﮭﺎ ﺷرﻛﺔ ‪ Toshiba Carrier Corporation‬أو‪ ،‬ﺑدﻻ ﻣن ذﻟك‪ ،‬ﺻدرت إﻟﯾﮫ ﺗﻌﻠﯾﻣﺎت ﺑﻣﺛل‬ ‫ﻋﻣل أﻧﺎﺑﯾب اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف ‪۸ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫ھذه اﻷﻣور ﻣن ﻗﺑل ﻓرد أو أﻓراد ﺗم ﺗدرﯾﺑﮭم‪ ,‬وﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻟدﯾﮫ اﻟﻣﻌرﻓﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﮭذا اﻟﻌﻣل‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗدرﯾب أﺧﺻﺎﺋﻲ اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟﻣؤھل اﻟﻣﺳﻣوح ﻟﮫ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻣل ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣرﺗﻔﻌﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻣور اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻣل ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣرﺗﻔﻌﺎت ﻣﻊ ﻣﻛﯾﻔﺎت اﻟﮭواء اﻟﺗﻲ‬ ‫•‬ ‫أﻧﺎﺑﯾب ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد واﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ ‪۱۰ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﺗﺻﻧﻌﮭﺎ ﺷرﻛﺔ ‪ Toshiba Carrier Corporation‬أو‪ ،‬ﺑدﻻ ﻣن ذﻟك‪ ،‬ﺻدرت إﻟﯾﮫ ﺗﻌﻠﯾﻣﺎت ﻟﻠﻘﯾﺎم ﺑﮭذه اﻷﻣور ﻣن ﻗﺑل ﻓرد أو أﻓراد ﺗم‬
‫ﺗدرﯾﺑﮭم‪ ,‬وﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻟدﯾﮫ اﻟﻣﻌرﻓﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﮭذا اﻟﻌﻣل‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺗوﺻﯾﻼت اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ ‪۱۱ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫‪۷‬‬
‫ﻓﻧﻲ اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻣؤھل ھو اﻟﺷﺧص اﻟذي ﯾﻘوم ﺑﺗرﻛﯾب وإﺻﻼح وﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ وﻧﻘل وإزاﻟﺔ ﻣﻛﯾﻔﺎت اﻟﮭواء اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺻﻧﻌﮭﺎ ﺷرﻛﺔ ‪Toshiba Carrier‬‬ ‫•‬
‫‪ .Corporation‬وﻗد ﺗم ﺗدرﯾﺑﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗرﻛﯾب وإﺻﻼح وﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ وﻧﻘل وإزاﻟﺔ ﻣﻛﯾﻔﺎت اﻟﮭواء اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺻﻧﻌﮭﺎ ﺷرﻛﺔ ‪Toshiba Carrier‬‬ ‫أﺟﮭزة اﻟﺗﺣﻛم اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺗطﺑﯾق ‪۱۳ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫‪۸‬‬
‫‪ Corporation‬أو‪ ،‬ﺑدﻻ ﻣن ذﻟك‪ ،‬ﺻدرت إﻟﯾﮫ ﺗﻌﻠﯾﻣﺎت ﻟﻠﻘﯾﺎم ﺑﮭذه اﻟﻌﻣﻠﯾﺎت ﻣن ﻗﺑل ﻓرد أو أﻓراد ﺗم ﺗدرﯾﺑﮭم‪ ,‬وﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻟدﯾﮫ اﻟﻣﻌرﻓﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﮭذه اﻟﻌﻣﻠﯾﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻧﻲ اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻣؤھل اﻟﻣﺳﻣوح ﻟﮫ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﯾﺎم ﺑﮭذه اﻷﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﺿﻣﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪ ،‬واﻹﺻﻼح‪ ,‬واﻟﻧﻘل‪ ,‬واﻹزاﻟﺔ ﻟدﯾﮫ اﻟﻣؤھﻼت اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫إﺟراء اﺧﺗﺑﺎر ‪۱۷ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬ ‫‪۹‬‬
‫ﺑﮭذا اﻷﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺣو اﻟﻣﻧﺻوص ﻋﻠﯾﮫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘواﻧﯾن واﻟﻠواﺋﺢ اﻟﻣﺣﻠﯾﺔ‪ ،‬وھو اﻟﺷﺧص اﻟذي ﺗم ﺗدرﯾﺑﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋل اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻣﻛﯾﻔﺎت اﻟﮭواء اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺻﻧﻌﮭﺎ ﺷرﻛﺔ ‪ Toshiba Carrier Corporation‬أو‪ ،‬ﺑدﻻ ﻣن ذﻟك‪ ،‬ﺻدرت إﻟﯾﮫ‬ ‫‪ ۱۰‬اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ ‪۱۸ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﯾﻣﺎت ﺑﻣﺛل ھذه اﻷﻣور ﻣن ﻗﺑل ﻓرد أو أﻓراد ﺗم ﺗدرﯾﺑﮭم‪ ,‬وﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻟدﯾﮫ ﻣﻌرﻓﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ ذات اﻟﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﮭذا اﻟﻌﻣل‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻧﻲ اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻣؤھل‬
‫ﻓﻧﻲ اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻣؤھل اﻟﻣﺳﻣوح ﻟﮫ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﯾﺎم ﺑﮭذه اﻷﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﺿﻣﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪ ،‬واﻹﺻﻼح‪ ,‬واﻟﻧﻘل‪ ,‬واﻹزاﻟﺔ ﻟدﯾﮫ اﻟﻣؤھﻼت اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬ ‫•‬ ‫‪ ۱۱‬اﻟﺗﺣري ﻋن اﻟﺧﻠل وإﺻﻼﺣﮫ ‪۱۹ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺑﮭذا اﻷﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺣو اﻟﻣﻧﺻوص ﻋﻠﯾﮫ ﻓﻲ اﻟﻘواﻧﯾن واﻟﻠواﺋﺢ اﻟﻣﺣﻠﯾﺔ‪ ،‬وھو اﻟﺷﺧص اﻟذي ﺗم ﺗدرﯾﺑﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺋل اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻣﻛﯾﻔﺎت اﻟﮭواء اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺻﻧﻌﮭﺎ ﺷرﻛﺔ ‪ Toshiba Carrier Corporation‬أو‪ ،‬ﺑدﻻ ﻣن ذﻟك‪ ،‬ﺻدرت إﻟﯾﮫ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﯾﻣﺎت ﺑﻣﺛل ھذه اﻷﻣور ﻣن ﻗﺑل ﻓرد أو أﻓراد ﺗم ﺗدرﯾﺑﮭم‪ ,‬وﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻟدﯾﮫ اﻟﻣﻌرﻓﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﮭذا اﻟﻌﻣل‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺗم ﺗدرﯾب ﻓﻧﻲ اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﻣؤھل اﻟﻣﺳﻣوح ﻟﮫ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻣل ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣرﺗﻔﻌﺎت ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻣور اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻣل ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣرﺗﻔﻌﺎت ﻣﻊ ﻣﻛﯾﻔﺎت اﻟﮭواء اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺻﻧﻌﮭﺎ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺷرﻛﺔ ‪ Toshiba Carrier Corporation‬أو‪ ،‬ﺑدﻻ ﻣن ذﻟك‪ ،‬ﺻدرت إﻟﯾﮫ ﺗﻌﻠﯾﻣﺎت ﻟﻠﻘﯾﺎم ﺑﮭذه اﻷﻣور ﻣن ﻗﺑل ﻓرد أو أﻓراد ﺗم ﺗدرﯾﺑﮭم‪,‬‬
‫وﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﻟدﯾﮫ اﻟﻣﻌرﻓﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﮭذا اﻟﻌﻣل‪.‬‬

‫‪AR-۲‬‬ ‫‪AR-۱‬‬

‫‪02_1115350113-AR.indd 1‬‬ ‫‪9/26/2559 BE 11:23 AM‬‬

 ‫„ ﻋﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺗﺣذﯾر اﻟﻣوﺟودة ﻋﻠﻰ وﺣدة ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‬ ‫ﺗﻌرﯾف ﻣﻼﺑس اﻟوﻗﺎﯾﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻧد ﻧﻘل أو ﺗرﻛﯾب أو ﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ أو إﺻﻼح أو ﻓك ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪ ،‬ارﺗ ِد ﻗﻔﺎزات واﻗﯾﺔ وﻣﻼﺑس "ﺳﻼﻣﺔ"‪.‬‬
‫وﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻣﻼﺑس اﻟواﻗﯾﺔ اﻟﻌﺎدﯾﺔ ھذه‪ ،‬ارﺗدي اﻟﻣﻼﺑس اﻟواﻗﯾﺔ اﻟﻣوﺻوﻓﺔ أدﻧﺎه ﻋﻧد اﻟﻘﯾﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻣل اﻟﺧﺎص اﻟﻣﻔﺻل ﻓﻲ اﻟﺟدول اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟوﺻف‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﺣذﯾر‬ ‫إن ﻋدم ارﺗداء اﻟﻣﻼﺑس اﻟواﻗﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ أﻣر ﺧطر ﻷﻧك ﺳوف ﺗﻛون أﻛﺛر ﻋرﺿﺔ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬واﻟﺣروق‪ ،‬واﻟﺻدﻣﺎت اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ واﻹﺻﺎﺑﺎت اﻷﺧرى‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﻣﻼﺑس اﻟواﻗﯾﺔ اﻟﻣرﺗدﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻣل اﻟذي ﯾﺟرى اﻟﻘﯾﺎم ﺑﮫ‬

‫‪WARNING‬‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻔﺎزات اﻟواﻗﯾﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺣذﯾر‬ ‫ﺟﻣﯾﻊ أﻧواع اﻟﻌﻣل‬
‫ﻣﻼﺑس "اﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ"‬
‫‪ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD‬‬
‫ﺧطر اﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺻدﻣﺔ ﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻣﻧﺢ اﻟﻘﻔﺎزات ﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ ﻟﻔﻧﻲ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎء وﺗﺣﻣﻲ ﻣن اﻟﺣرارة‪.‬‬
‫‪Disconnect all remote‬‬
‫اﻓﺻل ﻣﺻدر اﻹﻣداد ﺑﺎﻟطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﻋن ﺑﻌد ﻗﺑل إﺟراء اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺣذاء اﻟﻌﺎزل‬ ‫اﻷﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﻣﺗﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎء‬
‫‪electric power supplies‬‬
‫ﺗﻣﻧﺢ اﻟﻣﻼﺑس ﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ ﻣن اﻟﺻدﻣﺔ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ‬
‫‪before servicing.‬‬
‫اﻷﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺟرى ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺧوذات ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧدام أﺛﻧﺎء اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‬
‫ارﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎت )‪ ٥۰‬ﺳم أو أﻛﺛر(‬
‫أﺣذﯾﺔ ﺑﮭﺎ ﻏطﺎء أﺻﺎﺑﻊ واﻗﻲ إﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﻧﻘل أﺷﯾﺎء ﺛﻘﯾﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺣذﯾر‬
‫‪WARNING‬‬ ‫ﺗﻣﻧﺢ اﻟﻘﻔﺎزات ﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ ﻟﻔﻧﻲ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎء وﺗﺣﻣﻲ ﻣن اﻟﺣرارة‪.‬‬ ‫إﺻﻼح اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬

‫اﻟﻘطﻊ اﻟﻣﺗﺣرﻛﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Moving parts.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﻘم ﺑﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟوﺣدة ﻋﻧد إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪Do not operate unit with grille‬‬
‫أوﻗف ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟوﺣدة ﻗﺑل إﺟراء اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪removed.‬‬
‫‪Stop the unit before the servicing.‬‬

‫‪CAUTION‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﯾﮫ‬

‫اﻷﺟزاء ذات درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة ﻋﺎﻟﯾﺔ‬ ‫‪High temperature parts.‬‬

‫ﻗد ﺗﺻﺎب ﺑﺣرق ﻋﻧد إزاﻟﺔ ھذه اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪You might get burned‬‬
‫‪when removing this panel.‬‬

‫‪CAUTION‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﯾﮫ‬

‫ﻻ ﺗﻠﻣس أﺟﻧﺣﺔ اﻻﻟوﻣﻧﯾوم اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟوﺣدة‪.‬‬ ‫‪Do not touch the aluminum‬‬
‫ﯾؤدي اﻟﻘﯾﺎم ﺑذﻟك إﻟﻰ ﺣدوث إﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪fins of the unit.‬‬
‫‪Doing so may result in injury.‬‬

‫‪CAUTION‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﯾﮫ‬
‫‪BURST HAZARD‬‬
‫ﺧطر اﻻﻧﻔﺟﺎر‬ ‫‪Open the service valves before‬‬
‫اﻓﺗﺢ ﺻﻣﺎﻣﺎت اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ ﻗﺑل اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل‪ ,‬وإﻻ ﻗد ﯾﺣدث اﻧﻔﺟﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪the operation, otherwise there‬‬
‫‪might be the burst.‬‬

‫‪AR-٤‬‬ ‫‪AR-۳‬‬
‫–‪–۲‬‬

‫‪02_1115350113-AR.indd 2‬‬ ‫‪9/26/2559 BE 11:23 AM‬‬

 ‫–‪–۳‬‬

‫• ﻋﻧد ﺗﻌﻠﯾق اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪ ،‬ﯾﺟب اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﺳﺎﻣﯾر اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾق اﻟﻣﺣددة )‪ M۱۰‬أو ‪ (W۳/۸‬واﻟﺻواﻣﯾل )‪ M۱۰‬أو ‪.(W۳/۸‬‬
‫• ﻗم ﺑﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ﺑﺷﻛل آﻣن ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎن ﯾﻣﻛن أن ﺗﺗﺣﻣل ﻓﯾﮫ اﻟﻘﺎﻋدة اﻟوزن ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺣو ﻛﺎف‪ .‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧت اﻟﻘوة ﻏﯾر ﻛﺎﻓﯾﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗد ﺗﺳﻘط اﻟوﺣدة ﻣﻣﺎ ﯾؤدي إﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‬
‫اﺣﺗﯾﺎطﺎت ﻟﻠﺳﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺗﺣﻣل اﻟﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﻣﺻﻧﻌﺔ أﯾﺔ ﻣﺳؤوﻟﯾﺔ ﻋن اﻟﺗﻠف اﻟﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻋن ﻋدم ﻣراﻋﺎة اﻟوﺻف اﻟوارد ﻓﻲ ھذا اﻟدﻟﯾل‪.‬‬
‫إﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• اﺗﺑﻊ اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾﻣﺎت اﻟواردة ﻓﻲ دﻟﯾل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب ﻟﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪ .‬ﻓﻘد ﯾؤدي ﻋدم اﺗﺑﺎع ھذه اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾﻣﺎت إﻟﻰ ﺳﻘوط أو وﻗوع اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ أو ﺣدوث ﺿوﺿﺎء‪ ,‬أو اھﺗزاز‪،‬‬
‫أو ﺗﺳرب ﻣﯾﺎه‪ ,‬أو ﻏﯾرھﺎ ﻣن اﻟﻣﺷﺎﻛل‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺣذﯾر‬
‫• ﻗم ﺑﺄﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟﻣﺣددة ﻟﻠﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ ﻣن إﻣﻛﺎﻧﯾﺔ اﻟرﯾﺎح اﻟﻌﺎﺗﯾﺔ واﻟزﻻزل‪ .‬إذا ﻟم ﯾﺗم ﺗﺛﺑﯾت ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ﺑﺷﻛل ﻣﻧﺎﺳب‪ ،‬ﻗد ﺗﺳﻘط أو ﺗﻘﻊ اﻟوﺣدة‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﯾؤدي إﻟﻰ‬
‫وﻗوع ﺣﺎدث‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎم‬
‫• إذا ﺣدث ﺗﺳرﺑت ﻟﻐﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد ﺧﻼل أﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪ ،‬ﻗم ﺑﺗﮭوﯾﺔ اﻟﻐرﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻔور‪ .‬وإذا اﺗﺻل ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد اﻟﻣﺗﺳرب ﺑﻧﺎر‪ ,‬ﻗد ﯾﺗوﻟد ﻏﺎز ﺳﺎم‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺑل ﺑدء ﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪ ،‬ﯾرﺟﻰ ﻗراءة دﻟﯾل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب ﺑﻌﻧﺎﯾﺔ‪ ،‬اﺗﺑﺎع اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾﻣﺎت اﻟواردة ﻓﯾﮫ ﻟﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫• اﺳﺗﺧدم راﻓﻌﺔ ﺷوﻛﯾﺔ ﻟﺣﻣل وﺣدﺗﻲ ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪ ،‬واﺳﺗﺧدم وﻧش أو راﻓﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗرﻛﯾﺑﮭﻣﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﺳوى ﻷﺧﺻﺎﺋﻲ ﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣؤھل أو ﻓﻧﻲ ﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ ﻣؤھل ﺑﺈﺟراء أﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪ .‬ﻗد ﯾؤدي اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب ﻏﯾر اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳب إﻟﻰ ﺗﺳرب ﻣﯾﺎه أو ﺣدوث ﺻدﻣﺔ ﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫أو ﺣرﯾق‪.‬‬
‫أﻧﺎﺑﯾب ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‬ ‫ﻋﺎل ﺑﺷﻛل ﻏﯾر طﺑﯾﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ دورة اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‪ ،‬اﻷﻣر اﻟذي ﻗد‬‫ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم أي ﻏﺎز ﺗﺑرﯾد ﯾﺧﺗﻠف ﻋن ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد اﻟﻣﺣدد ﻟﻺﮐﻣﺎل أو اﻻﺳﺗﺑدال‪ .‬وإﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘد ﯾﻧﺷﺄ ﺿﻐط ٍ‬ ‫•‬
‫• ﻗم ﺑﺗرﻛﯾب أﻧﺑوب ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد ﺑﺷﻛل آﻣن أﺛﻧﺎء أﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب ﻗﺑل ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪ .‬إذا ﺗم ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﺿﺎﻏط واﻟﺻﻣﺎم ﻣﻔﺗوح وﺑدون أﻧﺑوب ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‪،‬‬ ‫ﯾﻧﺟم ﻋﻧﮫ ﺗﻌطل اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ أو اﻧﻔﺟﺎره أو اﻟﺗﻌرض ﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺟﺳدﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﻣﺗص اﻟﺿﺎﻏط اﻟﮭواء وﯾزﯾد ﺿﻐط دورات اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﻗد ﯾﺗﺳﺑب ﻓﻲ ﺣدوث إﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺑل ﻓﺗﺢ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻣدﺧل اﻟﮭواء ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ أو ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪ ,‬اﺿﺑط ﻗﺎطﻊ اﻟداﺋرة ﻋﻠﻰ وﺿﻊ ‪) OFF‬إﯾﻘﺎف(‪ .‬ﻓﻘد ﯾؤدي ﻋدم ﺿﺑط ﻗﺎطﻊ‬ ‫•‬
‫• أﺣﻛم رﺑط ﺻﺎﻣوﻟﺔ اﻟطرف اﻟواﺳﻊ ﻣﺳﺗﺧدﻣًﺎ ﻣﻔﺗﺎح رﺑط ﻋزم دوران وﻓ ًﻘﺎ ﻟﻠطرﯾﻘﺔ اﻟﻣﺣددة‪ .‬ﻗد ﯾﺗﺳﺑب زﯾﺎدة إﺣﻛﺎم رﺑط ﺻﺎﻣوﻟﺔ اﻟطرف اﻟواﺳﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺣدوث‬ ‫اﻟداﺋرة ﻋﻠﻰ وﺿﻊ ‪) OFF‬إﯾﻘﺎف( إﻟﻰ ﺻدﻣﺔ ﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﻣن ﺧﻼل اﻟﺗﻼﻣس ﻣﻊ اﻷﺟزاء اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﺳوى ﻷﺧﺻﺎﺋﻲ ﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣؤھل أو ﻓﻧﻲ ﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ ﻣؤھل‬
‫ﺻدع ﻓﻲ اﻟﺻﺎﻣوﻟﺔ ﺑﻌد ﻓﺗرة طوﯾﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﻗد ﯾؤدي إﻟﻰ ﺗﺳرب ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻣدﺧل اﻟﮭواء ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ أو ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ واﻟﻘﯾﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻣل اﻟﻣطﻠوب‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌد أﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﻋدم ﺗﺳرب ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‪ .‬إذا ﺗﺳرب ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐرﻓﺔ وﺗدﻓق ﺑﺎﻟﻘرب ﻣن ﻣﺻدر ﻧﺎر‪ ،‬ﻣﺛل ﻣوﻗد اﻟطﺑﺦ‪ ،‬ﻗد ﯾﺗوﻟد ﻏﺎز ﺿﺎر‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﺑل إﺟراء أﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪ ,‬أو اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ‪ ,‬أو اﻹﺻﻼح‪ ,‬أو اﻟﻔك‪ ,‬اﺿﺑط ﻗﺎطﻊ اﻟداﺋرة ﻋﻠﻰ وﺿﻊ ‪) OFF‬إﯾﻘﺎف(‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫• ﻋﻧد ﺗرﻛﯾب أو ﻧﻘل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪ ،‬اﺗﺑﻊ اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾﻣﺎت اﻟواردة ﻓﻲ دﻟﯾل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب وطﮭر اﻟﮭواء ﺗﻣﺎﻣﺎ ً ﺑﺣﯾث ﻻ ﺗﺧﺗﻠط ﻏﺎزات أﺧرى ﻏﯾر ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد ﻓﻲ دورة‬ ‫وإﻻ ﻓﻘد ﯾﺗﺳﺑب ذﻟك ﻓﻲ ﺻدﻣﺎت ﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‪ .‬ﻗد ﯾؤدي ﻋدم ﺗطﮭﯾر اﻟﮭواء ﺗﻣﺎﻣﺎ ً ﻓﻲ ﻋطل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪.‬‬ ‫ﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ "ﺟﺎري اﻟﻌﻣل" ﺑﺎﻟﻘرب ﻣن ﻗﺎطﻊ اﻟداﺋرة أﺛﻧﺎء إﺟراء أﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪ ,‬أو اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ‪ ,‬أو اﻹﺻﻼح‪ ,‬أو اﻟﻔك‪ .‬ھﻧﺎك ﺧطر ﺣدوث ﺻدﻣﺎت ﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ إذا‬ ‫•‬
‫• ﯾﺟب اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻏﺎز اﻟﻧﯾﺗروﺟﯾن ﻻﺧﺗﺑﺎر إﺣﻛﺎم اﻟﮭواء‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗم ﺿﺑط ﻗﺎطﻊ اﻟداﺋرة ﻋﻠﻰ وﺿﻊ ‪) ON‬ﺗﺷﻐﯾل( ﺑﺎﻟﺧطﺄ‪.‬‬
‫• ﯾﺟب أن ﯾﻛون ﺧرطوم اﻟﺷﺣن ﻣوﺻﻼ ﺑطرﯾﻘﺔ ﺑﺣﯾث ﻻ ﯾﻛون ﻣرﺗﺧﯾﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﺳوى ﻷﺧﺻﺎﺋﻲ ﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣؤھل أو ﻓﻧﻲ ﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ ﻣؤھل ﺑﺗﻧﻔﯾذ اﻷﻋﻣﺎل ﻓﻲ اﻷﻣﺎﻛن اﻟﻣرﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام ﺣﺎﻣل طوﻟﮫ ‪ ٥۰‬ﺳم أو أطول‪ ,‬ﻟﻔك ﺷﺑﻛﺔ دﺧول‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﮭواء ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﯾﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻣل اﻟﻣطﻠوب‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﺳوى ﻷﺧﺻﺎﺋﻲ ﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣؤھل أو ﻓﻧﻲ ﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ ﻣؤھل ﺑﺗﻧﻔﯾذ اﻷﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﻟﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪.‬‬ ‫ارﺗدي اﻟﻘﻔﺎزات اﻟواﻗﯾﺔ وﻣﻼﺑس اﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺧﻼل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب واﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ واﻟﻔك‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫وﻻ ﯾﺟب إﺟراء ﻓرد ﻏﯾر ﻣؤھل ﻟﮭذه اﻷﻋﻣﺎل‪ ,‬ﺗﺣت أي ظرف ﻣن اﻟظروف ﻷن ﻋدم إﺟراء ھذه اﻷﻋﻣﺎل ﺑﺷﻛل ﺻﺣﯾﺢ ﻗد ﯾؤدي إﻟﻰ ﺣدوث ﺻدﻣﺔ ﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﻠﻣس ﺟﻧﺎح اﻻﻟوﻣﻧﯾوم اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟوﺣدة‪ .‬ﻗد ﺗﺟرح ﻧﻔﺳك إذا ﻗﻣت ﺑذﻟك‪ .‬إذا ﻛﺎن وﻻ ﺑد ﻣن ﻟﻣس اﻟﺟﻧﺎح ﻟﺳﺑب ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ارﺗدي أوﻻً اﻟﻘﻔﺎزات اﻟواﻗﯾﺔ وﻣﻼﺑس‬ ‫•‬
‫و‪/‬أو ﺗﺳرب ﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬وﻣن ﺛم اﻣﺿﻲ ﻗدﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺗوﺻﯾل اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ‪ ،‬أو إﺻﻼح اﻷﺟزاء اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ‪ ,‬أو اﻟﻘﯾﺎم ﺑﺄﻋﻣﺎل ﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ أﺧرى‪ ،‬ارﺗ ِد ﻗﻔﺎزات ﺗوﻓر ﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ ﻟﻔﻧﻲ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎء وﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ ﻣن اﻟﺣرارة‪,‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﺗﺳﻠق ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ أو ﺗﺿﻊ أﺷﯾﺎء ﻋﻠﯾﮭﺎ‪ .‬ﻗد ﺗﺳﻘط أو ﻗد ﺗﺳﻘط اﻷﺷﯾﺎء ﻣن ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ وﯾؤدي ذﻟك إﻟﻰ إﺻﺎﺑﺎﺗك‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫وﺣذاء ﻋﺎزل‪ ,‬وﻣﻼﺑس ﺗوﻓر ﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ ﻣن اﻟﺻدﻣﺎت اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻧد ﺗﻧﻔﯾذ أﻋﻣﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ارﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎت‪ ،‬اﺳﺗﺧدم ﺳﻠم ﺗﺗﻣﺎﺷﻰ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﯾﺎر اﻷﯾزو ‪ ،۱٤۱۲۲‬واﺗﺑﻊ اﻹﺟراء اﻟواردة ﻓﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﯾﻣﺎت اﻟﺳﻠم‪ .‬ارﺗدي أﯾﺿﺎ ﺧوذة اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻲ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻗد ﯾؤدي ﻋدم ارﺗداء ھذه اﻟﻣﻼﺑس اﻟواﻗﯾﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺣدوث ﺻدﻣﺎت ﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺻﻧﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻣﻼﺑس واﻗﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﯾﺎم ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻣل‪.‬‬
‫• اﺳﺗﺧدم ﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻣواﺻﻔﺎت اﻟواردة ﻓﻲ دﻟﯾل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب واﻟﺷروط اﻟواردة ﻓﻲ اﻷﻧظﻣﺔ واﻟﻘواﻧﯾن اﻟﻣﺣﻠﯾﺔ‪ .‬ﻗد ﯾؤدي اﺳﺗﺧدم ﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﺗﻲ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻗﺑل ﺗﻧظﯾف اﻟﻣرﺷﺢ أو اﻷﺟزاء اﻷﺧرى ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﺑط ﻗﺎطﻊ اﻟداﺋرة ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) OFF‬إﯾﻘﺎف( دون ﻓﺷل‪ ،‬وﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ "ﺟﺎري اﻟﻌﻣل" ﺑﺎﻟﻘرب ﻣن ﻗﺎطﻊ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻣواﺻﻔﺎت إﻟﻰ ﺣدوث ﺻدﻣﺎت ﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ‪ ،‬أو ﺗﺳرب ﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬أو دﺧﺎن‪ ,‬و‪/‬أو ﺣرﯾق‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟداﺋرة ﻗﺑل اﻟﺷروع ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻣل‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗم ﺑﺗوﺻﯾل اﻟﺳﻠك اﻷرﺿﻲ‪) .‬أﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﺗﺄرﯾض(‬ ‫ﻗﺑل ﺑدء اﻟﻌﻣل ﻋﻠﻰ ارﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎت‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎن واﺿﺢ ﺑﺣﯾث ﻻ ﯾﻘﺗرب أﺣد ﻣن ﻣوﻗﻊ اﻟﻌﻣل‪ ،‬ﻗﺑل اﻟﺷروع ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻣل‪ .‬ﻗط ﺗﺳﻘط أﺟزاء وأﺷﯾﺎء أﺧرى ﻣن‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻗد ﯾﺗﺳﺑب اﻟﺗﺄرﯾض ﻏﯾر اﻟﻣﻛﺗﻣل ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﻌرض ﻟﺻدﻣﺔ ﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓوق‪ ،‬ورﺑﻣﺎ ﺗؤدي إﻟﻰ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ أي ﺷﺧص أدﻧﺎھﺎ‪ .‬وأﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﻧﻔﯾذ اﻟﻌﻣل‪ ،‬ارﺗدي ﺧوذة ﻟﻠﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ ﻣن اﻷﺷﯾﺎء اﻟﺳﺎﻗطﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘم ﺑﺗوﺻﯾل أﺳﻼك اﻷرﺿﻲ ﺑﺄﻧﺑوب اﻟﻐﺎز أو أﻧﺑوب اﻟﻣﺎء‪ ,‬أو ﺑﻣﺎﻧﻌﺔ اﻟﺻواﻋق‪ ,‬أو اﻟﺳﻠك اﻷرﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﮭﺎﺗف‪.‬‬ ‫ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ھذا ھو ‪R410A‬‬ ‫•‬
‫• ﺑﻌد اﻻﻧﺗﮭﺎء ﻣن أﻋﻣﺎل اﻹﺻﻼح أو اﻟﻧﻘل‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن أن أﺳﻼك اﻷرﺿﻲ ﻣرﺑوطﺔ ﺑﺷﻛل ﺻﺣﯾﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﯾﺟب ﻧﻘل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﻘرة‪ .‬ﻓﺈذا اﻧﻛﺳرت أي ﻗطﻌﺔ ﻣن اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ‪ ،‬اﺗﺻل ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺎﺟر‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫• ﻗم ﺑﺗرﻛﯾب ﻗﺎطﻊ داﺋرة ﯾﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻣواﺻﻔﺎت اﻟواردة ﻓﻲ دﻟﯾل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب واﻟﺷروط اﻟواردة ﻓﻲ اﻷﻧظﻣﺔ واﻟﻘواﻧﯾن اﻟﻣﺣﻠﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻧد وﺟوب ﻧﻘل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ﺑﺎﻟﯾد‪ ،‬ﯾﺟب أن ﯾﺣﻣﻠﮫ ﺷﺧﺻﺎن أو أﻛﺛر‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫• ﻗم ﺑﺗرﻛﯾب ﻗﺎطﻊ اﻟداﺋرة ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎن ﯾﻣﻛن ﻟﻠوﻛﯾل اﻟوﺻول إﻟﯾﮫ ﺑﺳﮭوﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎل داﺧل اﻟوﺣدة‪ .‬ﻗد ﺗﺣﺻل ﻟك ﺻدﻣﺔ ﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﻋﻧد إزاﻟﺔ ﻏطﺎء اﻟوﺣدة اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﺣرك أو ﺗﺻﻠﺢ أي وﺣدة ﺑﻧﻔﺳك‪ .‬ھﻧﺎك ﺟﮭد ٍ‬ ‫•‬
‫• ﻟﺗرﻛﯾب ﻗﺎطﻊ اﻟداﺋرة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺧﺎرج‪ ,‬ﻗم ﺑﺗرﻛﯾب ﻗﺎطﻊ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣﺻﻣم ﻟﻼﺳﺗﺧدام ﻓﻲ اﻟﺧﺎرج‪.‬‬ ‫اﺧﺗﯾﺎر ﻣﻛﺎن اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‬
‫• ﯾﺟب ﻋدم ﺗﻣدﯾد ﺳﻠك اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺣت أي ظرف ﻣن اﻟظروف‪ .‬ﻗد ﺗﺗﺳﺑب ﻣﺷﺎﻛل اﻟﺗوﺻﯾل ﻓﻲ اﻷﻣﺎﻛن اﻟﺗﻲ ﯾﻣﺗد ﻓﯾﮭﺎ اﻟﺳﻠك ﻓﻲ ﺣدوث دﺧﺎن و‪/‬أو ﺣرﯾق‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻋﻧد ﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ﻓﻲ ﻏرﻓﺔ ﺻﻐﯾرة‪ ،‬اﺗﺧذ ﺗداﺑﯾر ﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﺿﻣﺎن ﻋدم ﺗﺟﺎوز ﺗرﻛﯾز ﺗﺳرب ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد ﻓﻲ اﻟﻐرﻓﺔ اﻟﻣﺳﺗوى اﻟﺣرج‪.‬‬
‫• ﯾﺟب إﺟراء أﻋﻣﺎل ﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ وﻓﻘﺎ ً ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧون واﻟﻠواﺋﺢ اﻟﻣﺟﺗﻣﻌﯾﺔ ووﻓﻘﺎ ً ﻟدﻟﯾل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘم ﺑﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟﺟﮭﺎز ﻓﻲ ﻣوﻗﻊ ﯾﻣﻛن ﺣدوث ﺗﺳرب ﻏﺎز ﻗﺎﺑل ﻟﻼﺷﺗﻌﺎل ﻓﯾﮫ‪ .‬إذا ﺗﺳرب اﻟﻐﺎز وﺗﺗراﻛم ﺣول اﻟوﺣدة‪ ،‬ﻗد ﺗﺷﻌل وﺗﺳﺑب ﺣرﯾق‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘد ﯾؤدي ﻋدم اﻟﻘﯾﺎم ﺑذﻟك إﻟﻰ ﻟﺻﻌق ﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﻲ أو ﻣﺎس ﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫• ﻟﻧﻘل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪ ،‬ارﺗدي أﺣذﯾﺔ ﺑﮭﺎ ﻗﺑﻌﺎت واﻗﯾﺔ ﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ اﻟﻘدﻣﯾن‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻧﻘل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺣﻣل ﻣن اﻷرﺑطﺔ ﺣول ﻛرﺗوﻧﺔ اﻟﺗﻌﺑﺋﺔ واﻟﺗﻐﻠﯾف‪ .‬ﻗد ﺗﺟرح ﻧﻔﺳك إذا اﻧﻛﺳرت اﻷرﺑطﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗم ﺑﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻓوق ﻣﺳﺗوى اﻷرض ﺑﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ‪ ۲٫٥‬ﻣﺗر وإﻻ ﻓﺈن اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم ﻗد ﯾﺻﺎب أو ﯾﺗﻠﻘﻰ ﺻدﻣﺎت ﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ إذا أدﺧل أﺻﺎﺑﻌﮫ أو أﺷﯾﺎء أﺧرى‬
‫ﻓﻲ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ أﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ﺗﺷﻐﯾل‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ أي ﺟﮭﺎز اﺣﺗراق ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎن ﯾﺗﻌرض ﻓﯾﮫ ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة ﻟرﯾﺎح ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪ ،‬وإﻻ ﻗد ﯾﺳﺑب اﺣﺗراق ﻏﯾر ﻛﺎﻣل‪.‬‬

‫‪AR-٦‬‬ ‫‪AR-٥‬‬

‫‪02_1115350113-AR.indd 3‬‬ ‫‪9/26/2559 BE 11:23 AM‬‬


‫اﻻﺳﺗﺧدام‬
‫)ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﺗﺳﻠﯾﻣﮫ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻌﻣﯾل(‬
‫)ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﺗﺳﻠﯾﻣﮫ إﻟﻰ اﻟﻌﻣﯾل(‬
‫ﻟﻌزر ﺣرارة ﺟزء ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻷﻧﺎﺑﯾب‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﻓﺗﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف وﻣوﻗﻊ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺗﺣدﯾد ﻣﻛﺎن اﻟﺳﻘف‬
‫ﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾق اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫ﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾق اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫ﻟﺗوﺻﯾل أﻧﺑوب اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‬
‫ﻟﺗﻌدﯾل ﻣرﻛز أﻧﺑوب اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‬
‫ﻟﻌزل ﺣرارة ﺟزء ﺗوﺻﯾل أﻧﺎﺑﯾب اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‬
‫ﻟﻘﻔل ﻣﻧﻔذ ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻷﺳﻼك‬
‫ﺗﺑﺎع ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف وأﺟﮭزة اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد اﻷﺧرى ﺑﺷﻛل ﻣﻧﻔﺻل‪ .‬ﻟﺗرﻛﯾب ھذه اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺟﺎت‪ ،‬اﺗﺑﻊ ﻛﺗﯾﺑﺎت اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟﻣزودة ﻣﻌﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪AR-۸‬‬
‫‪02_1115350113-AR.indd 4‬‬
‫إﺟزاء اﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺎت‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫إﺟراء اﺧﺗﺑﺎر‬
‫• ﻗﺑل ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ﺑﻌد إﻧﮭﺎء اﻟﻌﻣل‪ ,‬ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن أن إﻏﻼق ﻏطﺎء ﺻﻧدوق اﻟﺗﺣﻛم اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ أو ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪ ,‬واﺿﺑط‬
‫ﻗﺎطﻊ اﻟداﺋرة ﻋﻠﻰ وﺿﻊ ‪) ON‬ﺗﺷﻐﯾل(‪ .‬ﻗد ﺗﺗﻠﻘﻰ ﺻدﻣﺔ ﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ إذا ﺗم ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ دون إﺟراء ھذه اﻟﺗﺄﻛﯾدات أوﻻً‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺷﻛل‬ ‫اﻟﻛﻣﯾﺔ‬ ‫أﺳﻣﺎء اﻷﺟزاء‬ ‫• إذا ﻛﺎن ھﻧﺎك أي ﻧوع ﻣن اﻟﻣﺷﺎﻛل )ﻣﺛﻼ ظﮭور ﺧطﺄ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬أو راﺋﺣﺔ ﺣرﯾق‪ ،‬أو أﺻوات ﻏﯾر طﺑﯾﻌﯾﺔ‪ ،‬أو أﺧﻔق ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد أو اﻟﺗدﻓﺋﺔ‪ ,‬أو ﻛﺎن ھﻧﺎك‬
‫ﺗﺳرب ﻣﯾﺎه( ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻠﻣس ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ﺑﻧﻔﺳك وﻟﻛن اﺿﺑط ﻗﺎطﻊ اﻟداﺋرة ﻋﻠﻰ وﺿﻊ ‪) OFF‬إﯾﻘﺎف(‪ ،‬واﺗﺻل ﺑﻔﻧﻲ ﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ ﻣؤھل‪ .‬اﺗﺧذ اﻟﺧطوات‬
‫ھذا اﻟدﻟﯾل‬ ‫‪۱‬‬ ‫دﻟﯾل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‬
‫اﻟﻼزﻣﺔ ﻟﺿﻣﺎن ﻋدم ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ )ﻋن طرﯾق وﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ "ﺧﺎرج اﻟﺧدﻣﺔ" ﺑﺎﻟﻘرب ﻣن ﻗﺎطﻊ اﻟداﺋرة‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺑﯾل اﻟﻣﺛﺎل( ﺣﺗﻰ ﯾﺻل ﻓﻧﻲ ﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ ﻣؤھل‪ .‬ﻗد‬
‫ﯾﺗﺳﺑب اﻻﺳﺗﻣرار ﻓﻲ اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء أﺛﻧﺎء وﺟود ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣدوث ﻣﺷﺎﻛل ﻣﯾﻛﺎﻧﯾﻛﯾﺔ أو ﯾؤدي ذﻟك إﻟﻰ ﺣدوث ﺻدﻣﺎت ﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ أو ﻣﺗﺎﻋب أﺧرى‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬ ‫دﻟﯾل اﻟﻣﺎﻟك‬ ‫• ﺑﻌد اﻻﻧﺗﮭﺎء ﻣن اﻟﻌﻣل‪ ،‬اﺳﺗﺧدام ﺟﮭﺎز اﺧﺗﺑﺎر ﻋزل ) ﺟﮭﺎز ﻣﯾﺟر ﺑﻘوة ‪ ٥۰۰‬ﻓوﻟت( ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻘق ﻣن أن اﻟﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ھﻲ ‪ ۱‬ﻣﯾﺟﺎ أوم أو أﻛﺛر ﺑﯾن ﺟزء اﻟﺷﺣن واﻟﺟزء‬
‫اﻟﻣﻌدﻧﻲ ﻟﻐﯾر اﻟﺷﺣن )اﻟﺟزء اﻷرﺿﻲ(‪ .‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧت ﻗﯾﻣﺔ اﻟﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺣدث ﻛﺎرﺛﺔ ﻣﺛل ﺗﺳرب أو ﺻدﻣﺔ ﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﺧدم‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻧد اﻻﻧﺗﮭﺎء ﻣن أﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﻋدم وﺟود ﺗﺳرب ﻏﺎز ﺗﺑرﯾد‪ ,‬وﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﻌزل وﺗﺻرﯾف اﻟﻣﯾﺎه‪ .‬ﺛم أﺟري اﺧﺗﺑﺎر ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن أن ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‬
‫‪۲‬‬ ‫أﻧﺑوب ﻋزل اﻟﺣرارة‬ ‫ﯾﻌﻣل ﺑﺷﻛل ﺻﺣﯾﺢ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺗوﺿﯾﺣﺎت اﻟﻣﻘدﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺳﺗﺧدم‬
‫–‬ ‫‪۱‬‬ ‫ﻧﻣط اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‬ ‫• ﻓور اﻻﻧﺗﮭﺎء ﻣن أﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪ ،‬أﺧﺑر اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم ﺑﻣﻛﺎن ﻗﺎطﻊ اﻟداﺋرة‪ .‬إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم ﻻ ﯾﻌرف ﻣﻛﺎن ﻗﺎطﻊ اﻟداﺋرة‪ ،‬ﻟن ﯾﺗﻣﻛن ﻣن إﯾﻘﺎﻓﮫ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎل ﺣدوث‬
‫ﻣﺷﻛﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻠف ﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻟﻣروﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﺗرب ﻣن اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪ ,‬وﻟﻛن اﺿﺑط ﻗﺎطﻊ اﻟداﺋرة ﻋﻠﻰ وﺿﻊ ‪) OFF‬إﯾﻘﺎف(‪ ،‬واﺗﺻل ﺑﻔﻧﻲ ﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ ﻣؤھل ﻹﺟراء‬
‫––‬ ‫ﻣﻘﯾﺎس اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‬
‫اﻹﺻﻼﺣﺎت‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘم ﺑﺿﺑط ﻗﺎطﻊ اﻟداﺋرة ﻋﻠﻰ وﺿﻊ ‪) ON‬ﺗﺷﻐﯾل( ﺣﺗﻰ ﯾﺗم اﻻﻧﺗﮭﺎء ﻣن اﻹﺻﻼﺣﺎت‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻌد اﻧﺗﮭﺎء أﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪ ،‬اﺗﺑﻊ دﻟﯾل اﻟﻣﺎﻟك ﻟﺗﺷرح ﻟﻠﻌﻣﯾل ﻛﯾﻔﯾﺔ اﺳﺗﺧدام وﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ اﻟوﺣدة‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬ ‫وردة‬ ‫اﻟﻧﻘل‬
‫• ﻻ ﯾﺳﻣﺢ ﺳوى ﻷﺧﺻﺎﺋﻲ ﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣؤھل أو ﻓﻧﻲ ﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ ﻣؤھل ﺑﻧﻘل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪ .‬ﻣن اﻟﺧطر ﻧﻘل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ﺑواﺳطﺔ ﺷﺧص ﻏﯾر ﻣؤھل ﺣﯾث ﻗد ﯾؤدي ذﻟك‬
‫إﻟﻰ ﺣدوث ﺣرﯾق‪ ،‬أو ﺻدﻣﺎت ﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ‪ ،‬وإﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬أو ﺗﺳرب ﻣﯾﺎه‪ ،‬أو ﺿوﺿﺎء و‪/‬أو اھﺗزاز‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬ ‫وردة ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ اﻟﻣرﻛز‬ ‫• ﻋﻧد إﺟراء ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺎت اﻟﺿﺦ اﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ‪ ,‬أﻏﻠق اﻟﺿﺎﻏط ﻗﺑل ﻓﺻل أﻧﺑوب ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‪.‬‬
‫ﻗد ﯾؤدي إزاﻟﺔ أﻧﺑوب ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد ﻣﻊ ﺗرك ﺻﻣﺎم اﻟﺧدﻣﺔ ﻣﻔﺗوح واﻟﺿﺎﻏط ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺷﻐﯾل إﻟﻰ ﺳﺣب اﻟﮭواء واﻟﻐﺎز إﻟﻰ اﻟداﺧل‪ ,‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﻗد ﯾﺗﺳﺑب ﻓﻲ وﺻول‬
‫‪۱‬‬ ‫رﺑﺎط اﻟﺧرطوم‬
‫اﻟﺿﻐط داﺧل دورة اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد إﻟﻰ ﻣﺳﺗوى ﻋﺎل ﺑﺷﻛل ﻏﯾر طﺑﯾﻌﻲ‪ ,‬اﻷﻣر اﻟذي ﯾﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻧﮫ ﺣدوث اﻧﻔﺟﺎر أو إﺻﺎﺑﺔ أو ﻣﺷﺎﻛل أﺧرى‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬ ‫ﺧرطوم ﻣرن‬ ‫ﺗﻧﺑﯾﮫ‬
‫ﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ذو ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد اﻟﺟدﯾد‬
‫‪۱‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎزل ﺣرارة‬ ‫• ﯾﻌﺗﻣد ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ھذا ﻏﺎز اﻟﮭﯾدروﻓﻠوروﻛرﺑون اﻟﺟدﯾد )‪ (R410A‬اﻟذي ﻻ ﯾدﻣر طﺑﻘﺔ اﻷوزون‪.‬‬
‫• ﺧﺻﺎﺋص ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد ‪ R410A‬ھﻲ‪ :‬ﺳﮭوﻟﺔ اﻣﺗﺻﺎص اﻟﻣﺎء‪ ،‬أو ﻏﺷﺎء اﻷﻛﺳدة‪ ,‬أو اﻟزﯾت‪ ،‬وﺿﻐطﮫ أﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻣﻘدار ‪ ۱٫٦‬ﻣرة ﺗﻘرﯾﺑﺎ ﻣن ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد ‪.R22‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺗﻐﯾﯾر ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد اﻟﺟدﯾد‪ ،‬ﺗم ﺗﻐﯾﯾر زﯾت اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‪ .‬ﻟذﻟك‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗدع اﻟﻣﺎء أو اﻟﻐﺑﺎر أو ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد اﻟﺳﺎﺑق‪ ،‬أو زﯾد اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد ﯾدﺧل دورة اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد أﺛﻧﺎء‬
‫‪۱‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎزل ﺣرارة‬ ‫ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺷﺣن ﻏﺎز ﺗﺑرﯾد وزﯾت ﺗﺑرﯾد ﻏﯾر ﺻﺣﯾﺢ‪ ،‬ﺗم ﺗﻐﯾﯾر أﺣﺟﺎم أﺟزاء اﻟﺗوﺻﯾل ﻟﻣﻧﻔذ اﻟﺷﺣن ﺑﺎﻟوﺣدة اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ وأدوات اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب ﻋن ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد اﻟﺗﻘﻠﯾدي‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ذﻟك‪ ,‬ﯾطﻠب أدوات ﺣﺻرﯾﺔ ﻟﻐﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد اﻟﺟدﯾد )‪.(R410A‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬ ‫ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ‬
‫• ﻟﺗوﺻﯾل اﻷﻧﺎﺑﯾب‪ ،‬اﺳﺗﺧدم أﻧﺎﺑﯾب ﺟدﯾدة وﻧظﯾﻔﺔ ﻣﺻﻣﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎز ‪ ،R410A‬وﯾرﺟﻰ اﻟﺣرص ﺑﺣﯾث ﻻ ﯾدﺧل ﻣﯾﺎه أو ﻏﺑﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻔﺻل اﻟﺟﮭﺎز ﻣن ﻣﺻدر اﻹﻣداد ﺑﺎﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬ ‫ﺑطﺎرﯾﺔ‬ ‫• ﯾﺟب ﺗوﺻﯾل ھذا اﻟﺟﮭﺎز ﺑﻣﺻدر إﻣداد ﺑﺗﯾﺎر رﺋﯾﺳﻲ ﺑواﺳطﺔ ﻣﻔﺗﺎح ﺑﮫ ﻓﺎﺻل اﺗﺻﺎل ﺳﻣﻛﮫ ‪ ۳‬ﻣم ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗل‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺟب اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻓﺗﯾل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب )ﯾﻣﻛن اﺳﺗﺧدام ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻷﻧواع( ﻟﺧط ﻣﻧﺑﻊ اﻟﺗزوﯾد ﺑﺎﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ھذا‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬ ‫ﺑرﻏﻲ ﻟﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ ‪۲۰R × Ø٤‬‬
‫„ أﺟزاء ﺗﺑﺎع ﻣﻧﻔﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫‪AR-۷‬‬
‫–‪–٤‬‬
‫‪9/26/2559 BE 11:23 AM‬‬
 ‫–‪–٥‬‬

‫)اﻟوﺣدة‪ :‬ﻣم(‬ ‫„ ﻣﻛﺎن اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‬ ‫اﺧﺗﯾﺎر ﻣﻛﺎن اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‬ ‫‪۳‬‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﺗوﻓﯾر اﻟﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ اﻟﻣﺣددة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل ﻟﻠﺗرﻛﯾب وإﺟراء اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺣذﯾر‬
‫‪ A‬ﻣم‬ ‫اﻟطراز ‪RAV-‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻗم ﺑﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎن ﻗوي ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﯾﮫ اﻟﻛﻔﺎﯾﺔ ﻟﺗﺣﻣل وزن اﻟوﺣدة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۲۷۱‬أو أﻛﺛر‬ ‫‪ 300USP, 240USP, 180USP‬طراز‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧت اﻟﻘوة ﻏﯾر ﻛﺎﻓﯾﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗد ﺗﺳﻘط اﻟوﺣدة ﻣﻣﺎ ﯾؤدي إﻟﻰ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۳۳٤‬أو أﻛﺛر‬ ‫‪ 360USP‬طراز‬ ‫‪ y‬ﻗم ﺑﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ﻋﻠﻰ ارﺗﻔﺎع ‪ ۲٫٥‬م أو أﻛﺛر ﻣن اﻷرض‪.‬‬
‫إذا أدﺧﻠت ﯾدﯾك أو أﺷﯾﺎء أﺧرى ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة ﻓﻲ اﻟوﺣدة أﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪ ،‬ﻓﮭذا أﻣر ﺧطﯾر ﻷﻧﮭﺎ ﻗد ﺗﺗﻼﻣس ﻣﻊ اﻟﻣروﺣﺔ اﻟدوارة أو اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎء اﻟﻧﺷطﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ q‬ﻋﻧد دﻣﺞ ﺻﻧدوق ﻣدﺧل ھواء ﻧﻘﻲ )ﯾﺑﺎع ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣد ًة(‬
‫ﻗم ﺑﻌﻣل ﻓﺗﺣﺔ ﻓﺣص ﻓﻲ ﺟﺎﻧب ﺻﻧدوق ﻣدﺧل اﻟﮭواء‬
‫‪ ۱٥‬أو أﻛﺛر‬

‫اﻟﻧﻘﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻧﺑﯾﮫ‬
‫‪ ۱۰۰۰‬أو أﻛﺛر‬ ‫ﯾﺣظر ﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ﻓﻲ ﻣوﻗﻊ ﯾﺧﺿﻊ ﻟﺧطر اﻟﺗﻌرض ﻟﻐﺎز ﻗﺎﺑل ﻟﻼﺣﺗراق‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧد دﻣﺞ ﺻﻧدوق ﻣدﺧل‬ ‫إذا ﺣدث ﺗﺳرب ﻟﻠﻐﺎز اﻟﻘﺎﺑل ﻟﻼﺣﺗراق وﺑﻘﻲ ﺣول اﻟوﺣدة‪ ،‬ﻗد ﯾﺣدث ﺣرﯾق‪.‬‬
‫ھواء ﻧﻘﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻧﻔذ اﻟﻔﺣص‬
‫)‪(٤٥۰ × ٤٥۰‬‬ ‫ﻓور ﻣواﻓﻘﺔ اﻟﻌﻣﯾل‪ ,‬ﻗم ﺑﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎن ﯾﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺷروط اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻣﻛﺎن ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟوﺣدة ﻓﯾﮫ أﻓﻘﯾﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪A‬‬

‫‪ y‬ﻣﻛﺎن ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗوﻓﯾر ﻓﯾﮫ ﻣﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﯾﺔ ﻹﺟراء ﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ وﻓﺣص اﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻣﻛﺎن ﻟن ﺗﺳﺑب ﻓﯾﮫ ﻣﯾﺎه اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف أي ﻣﺷﺎﻛل‪.‬‬
‫أو أﻛﺛر‬
‫‪۱۰۰۰‬‬

‫‪238‬‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة‪ :‬ﻣم‬ ‫ﺗﺟﻧب اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب ﻓﻲ اﻷﻣﺎﻛن اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺋق‬ ‫‪ y‬اﻟﻣﻛﺎن اﻟﻣﻌرض ﻟﮭواء ﺑﮫ ﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻛﺑﯾرة ﻣن اﻷﻣﻼح )ﻣﻧطﻘﺔ ﺑﺟوار اﻟﺑﺣر(‪ ،‬أو ﻣﻛﺎن ﻣﻌرض ﻟﻛﻣﯾﺎت ﻛﺑﯾرة ﻣن ﻏﺎز اﻟﻛﺑرﯾﺗﯾد )ﻣﻧﺑﻊ ﺳﺎﺧن(‪.‬‬
‫)إذا ﺗم اﺳﺗﺧدام اﻟوﺣدة ﻓﻲ ھذه اﻷﻣﺎﻛن‪ ،‬ﻣن اﻟﺿروري اﺗﺧﺎذ ﺗداﺑﯾر وﻗﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻣطﺑﺦ ﻣطﻌم ﺣﯾث ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم اﻟﻛﺛﯾر ﻣن اﻟزﯾت أو ﻣﻛﺎن ﻗرﯾب ﻣن اﻵﻻت ﻓﻲ ﻣﺻﻧﻊ )اﻟزﯾت اﻟذي ﯾﻠﺗﺻق ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺑﺎدل اﻟﺣراري وﺟزء اﻟراﺗﻧﺞ )اﻟﻣروﺣﺔ اﻟﺗورﺑﯾﻧﯾﺔ( ﻓﻲ‬

‫‪200‬‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻗد ﯾﻘﻠل ﻣن اﻷداء‪ ،‬وﯾوﻟد ﺿﺑﺎب أو ﻗطرات ﻧدى‪ ،‬أو ﯾﺷوه أو ﯾﺗﻠف أﺟزاء اﻟراﺗﻧﺞ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻣﻧﻔذ اﻟﻔﺣص‬ ‫‪ y‬اﻷﻣﺎﻛن اﻟﺗﻲ ﯾوﺟد ﺑﮭﺎ ﻏﺑﺎر ﺣدﯾد أو ﻏﺑﺎر ﻣﻌﺎدن أﺧرى‪ .‬إذا اﻟﺗﺻق ﻏﺑﺎر اﻟﺣدﯾد أو اﻟﻣﻌﺎدن اﻷﺧرى أو ﺗﺟﻣﻊ داﺧل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪ ،‬ﻗد ﯾﺣﺗرق اﻟﺟﮭﺎز ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻔور‬
‫)‪(٤٥۰ × ٤٥۰‬‬ ‫أو ﯾﺣدث ﺣرﯾق‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬اﻟﻣﻛﺎن اﻟذي ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﺑﺎﻟﻘرب ﻣﻧﮫ ﻣذﯾب ﻋﺿوي‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬اﻟﻣﻛﺎن اﻟﻘرﯾب ﻣن آﻟﺔ ﺗوﻟﯾد ﺗرددات ﻋﺎﻟﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫„ اﺧﺗﯾﺎر ﻣﻛﺎن اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‬ ‫‪ y‬اﻟﻣﻛﺎن اﻟذي ﯾﮭب ﻓﯾﮫ ھواء اﻟﺗﻔرﯾﻎ ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓذة ﻣﻧزل اﻟﺟﯾران‪) .‬اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ(‬
‫‪ y‬اﻟﻣﻛﺎن اﻟذي ﺗﻧﺗﻘل ﻣﻧﮫ ﺿوﺿﺎء اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ﺑﺳﮭوﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎل اﺳﺗﻣرار ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﺗﺣت ظروف رطوﺑﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﯾﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺣو اﻟوارد أدﻧﺎه‪ ,‬ﻗد ﯾﺗﻛﺛف ﻧدى وﻗد ﯾﺗﺳﺎﻗط ﻣﺎء‪.‬‬ ‫)ﻋﻧد ﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺣدود ﻣﻊ اﻟﺟﯾران‪ ,‬أﻋط اھﺗﻣﺎم ﻛﺑﯾر ﻟﻣﺳﺗوى اﻟﺿوﺿﺎء‪(.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ وﺟﮫ اﻟﺧﺻوص‪ ,‬اﻟﺟو ﻋﺎﻟﻲ اﻟرطوﺑﺔ )درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة ﻧﻘطﺔ اﻟﻧدى‪ ۲۳ :‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺋوﯾﺔ أو أﻛﺛر( ﻗد ﯾوﻟد ﻧدى داﺧل اﻟﺳﻘف‪.‬‬ ‫‪ y‬اﻟﻣﻛﺎن ﺳﻲء اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ‪) .‬ﻗﺑل ﻋﻣل ﻗﻧوات اﻟﮭواء‪ ،‬ﺗﺣﻘق ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎﻧت ﻗﯾﻣﺔ ﺣﺟم اﻟﮭواء‪ ،‬واﻟﺿﻐط اﻟﺛﺎﺑت‪ ,‬وﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﻟﻘﻧﺎة ﺻﺣﯾﺣﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ .۱‬ﯾﺗم ﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟوﺣدة داﺧل اﻟﺳﻘف ﺑﺳﻘف ذو أﻟواح‪.‬‬ ‫‪ y‬ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﻌﻣل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ﻷﻏراض ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺛل ﺣﻔظ اﻟﻣواد اﻟﻐذاﺋﯾﺔ أو أدوات اﻟﺿﺑط‪ ,‬أو اﻷدوات اﻟﻔﻧﯾﺔ‪ ,‬أو ﺗرﺑﯾﺔ اﻟﺣﯾواﻧﺎت‪ ,‬أو ﻟزرع اﻟﻧﺑﺎﺗﺎت‪) .‬ﻓﮭذا ﻗد ﯾﻘﻠل ﻣن‬
‫‪ .۲‬ﯾﺗم ﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟوﺣدة ﻓﻲ ﻣوﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﺎ ﺑداﺧل اﻟﺳﻘف ﻛﻣﺳﺎر ﻣﺄﺧذ ھواء ﻣﻧﻌش‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟودة اﻟﻣواد اﻟﻣﺣﻔوظﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ .۳‬اﻟﻣطﺑﺦ‬ ‫‪ y‬اﻟﻣﻛﺎن اﻟﻣرﻛب ﻓﯾﮫ أي أﺟﮭزة ﻋﺎﻟﯾﺔ اﻟﺗردد )ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟك أﺟﮭزة اﻟﻌﺎﻛس‪ ،‬واﻟﻣوﻟدات اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬واﻟﻣﻌدات اﻟطﺑﯾﺔ‪ ،‬وﻣﻌدات اﻻﺗﺻﺎﻻت( وﺿوء ﻋﺎﻛس ﻣن‬
‫ﻧوع اﻟﻔﻠورﺳﻧت‪.‬‬
‫)ﻗد ﯾﺣدث ﻋطل ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪ ،‬أو ﺗﺣﻛم ﻏﯾر طﺑﯾﻌﻲ‪ ،‬أو ﻣﺷﺎﻛل ﺑﺳﺑب اﻟﺿوﺿﺎء اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺳﺑﺑﮭﺎ ھذه اﻷﺟﮭزة ‪ /‬اﻟﻣﻌدات(‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺻﯾﺣﺔ‬ ‫‪ y‬ﻋﻧد اﺳﺗﺧدام وﺣدة ﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد ﻻﺳﻠﻛﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻏرﻓﺔ ﻣﺟﮭزة ﺑﺿوء ﻋﺎﻛس ﻣن ﻧوع اﻟﻔﻠورﺳﻧت أو ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎن ﻣﻌرض ﻷﺷﻌﺔ اﻟﺷﻣس اﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷرة‪ ،‬ﻗد ﻻ ﺗﺻل اﻹﺷﺎرات‬
‫‪ y‬اﺿﺑط ﻟوﺣﺔ ﻓﺗﺣﺔ ﻓﺣص اﻟﺧدﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺟﺎﻧب اﻷﯾﻣن ﻟﻠوﺣدة )اﻟﺣﺟم‪ ٤٥۰ × ٤٥۰ :‬ﻣم أو أﻛﺛر( ﻟﻸﻧﺎﺑﯾب‪ ,‬واﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ واﻹﺻﻼح‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟواردة ﻣن وﺣدة اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد ﺑﺷﻛل ﺻﺣﯾﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺛﺑﯾت اﻟوﺣدة ﻓﻲ ﻣﺛل ھذا اﻟﻣﻛﺎن‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ ﻣﺎدة ﻋﺎزﻟﺔ )ﺻوف زﺟﺎﺟﻲ‪ ،‬اﻟﺦ( ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ إﻟﻰ ذﻟك‪ ,‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻣﯾﻊ ﻣواﺿﻊ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗﺗﺻل ﺑﺎﻷﺟواء‬ ‫‪ y‬اﻟﻣﻛﺎن اﻟذي ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﯾﮫ ﻣذﯾب ﻋﺿوي‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﯾﺔ اﻟرطوﺑﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ y‬اﻟﻣﻛﺎن اﻟﻘرﯾب ﻣن اﻟﺑﺎب أو اﻟﻧﺎﻓذة اﻟﻣﻌرﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﮭواء اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻲ اﻟرطب )ﻗد ﺗﺗﻛون ﻗطرات ﻧدى ﺗﺗﺳﺎﻗط ﺑﻌد ذﻟك(‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬اﻟﻣﻛﺎن اﻟذي ﯾﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓﯾﮫ رذاذ ﺧﺎص ﻛﺛﯾرا‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت‬
‫ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﯾﺑدو أن اﻟرطوﺑﺔ داﺧل اﻟﺳﻘف أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣن ‪ ،٪۸۰‬ﻋﻠق ﻋﺎزل ﺣرارة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺳطﺢ اﻟﺟﺎﻧﺑﻲ )اﻷﻋﻠﻰ( ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪) .‬اﺳﺗﺧدم ﻋﺎزل ﺣرارة ﺳﻣﻛﮫ‬
‫‪ ۱۰‬ﻣم أو أﻛﺛر‪(.‬‬

‫‪AR-۱۰‬‬ ‫‪AR-۹‬‬

‫‪02_1115350113-AR.indd 5‬‬ ‫‪9/26/2559 BE 11:23 AM‬‬

 ‫اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫„ ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﺳﻘف‬
‫اﻟﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت‬ ‫ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﺳطﺢ اﻟﻣرﻛب اﻟﻣﺣﺗﻣل‬ ‫‪RAV-‬‬
‫اﻻﻣﺗﺛﺎل اﻟﺻﺎرم ﻟﻠﻘواﻋد اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ ﻟﻣﻧﻊ إﻟﺣﺎق ﺿرر ﺑﺎﻟوﺣدات اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ واﻹﺻﺎﺑﺎت اﻟﺑﺷرﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ ۳٫۸‬م‬ ‫‪300USP, 240USP, 180USP‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻻ ﺗﺿﻊ أي ﺷﻲء ﺛﻘﯾل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪) .‬ﺣﺗﻰ ﻟو ﻛﺎﻧت اﻟوﺣدات ﻣﻐﻠﻔﺔ(‬ ‫ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ ٤٫٦‬م‬ ‫‪360USP‬‬
‫‪ y‬اﺣﻣل اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ وھﻲ ﻣﻐﻠﺔ إذا أﻣﻛن‪ .‬وﻓﻲ ﺣﺎل ﺣﻣل اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ وھﻲ ﻏﯾر ﻣﻐﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺣﻛم اﻟﺿرورة‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻗطﻌﺔ ﻗﻣﺎش اﻟﺗﺧزﯾن اﻟﻣؤﻗت‪،‬‬
‫وﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ذﻟك ﺣﺗﻰ ﻻ ﯾﻠﺣق ﺿرر ﺑﺎﻟوﺣدة‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﯾﺗﺟﺎوز ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﺳﻘف ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﺳﻘف اﻟﻘﯾﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗم ﺑﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻹﻋدادات إﻟﻰ "اﻟﺳﻘف اﻟﻣرﺗﻔﻊ )‪ "(۱‬أو "اﻟﺳﻘف اﻟﻣرﺗﻔﻊ )‪ "(۳‬وذﻟك ﺑﺎﺗﺑﺎع إﺟراءات "ﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫‪ y‬ﻟﺗﺣرﯾك اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪ ،‬اﻣﺳك ﻣن ﻣﻌﺎدن اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾق )‪ ٤‬ﻣواﻗﻊ( ﻓﻘط‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻘف ﻣرﺗﻔﻊ" ﻓﻲ"‪ .۸‬أﺟﮭزة اﻟﺗﺣﻛم اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺗطﺑﯾق"‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم اﻟﻘوة ﻣﻊ اﻷﺟزاء اﻷﺧرى )أﻧﺎﺑﯾب ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‪ ،‬أو ﻣﺟﻣﻊ اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‪ ,‬أو اﻷﺟزاء اﻟرﻏوﯾﺔ‪ ،‬أو أﺟزاء اﻟراﺗﻧﺞ‪ ،‬وﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ذﻟك(‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﯾﺣﻣل اﻟﻌﺑوة ﺷﺧﺻﯾن أو أﻛﺛر‪ ،‬وﻻ ﯾﺗم رﺑطﮭﺎ ﺑرﺑﺎط ﺑﻼﺳﺗﯾك ﻓﻲ ﻣواﻗﻊ ﻏﯾر اﻟﻣوﻗﻊ اﻟﻣﺣدد‪.‬‬ ‫‪ q‬ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﺳﻘف اﻟﻣﻣﻛن ﺗرﻛﯾﺑﮫ اﻟﺟﮭﺎز ﻋﻠﯾﮫ‬
‫)اﻟوﺣدة‪ :‬ﻣم(‬
‫إﻋداد اﻟﺳﻘف‬
‫)اﻟوﺣدة‪ :‬ﻣم(‬ ‫„ اﻟﻣﻧظر اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻣرﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫‪360USP‬‬ ‫‪300USP, 240USP‬‬ ‫‪180USP‬‬ ‫اﻟطراز ‪RAV-‬‬

‫ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺛﻼﺛﻲ‬ ‫رﺑﺎﻋﻲ‬ ‫ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺛﻼﺛﻲ‬ ‫رﺑﺎﻋﻲ‬ ‫ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺛﻼﺛﻲ‬ ‫رﺑﺎﻋﻲ‬

‫ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺿﺑط‬ ‫اﺗﺟﺎه ﺗﻔرﯾﻎ اﻟﮭواء‬
‫اﻻﺗﺟﺎه‬ ‫اﻻﺗﺟﺎه‬ ‫اﻻﺗﺟﺎه‬ ‫اﻻﺗﺟﺎه‬ ‫اﻻﺗﺟﺎه‬ ‫اﻻﺗﺟﺎه‬ ‫اﻻﺗﺟﺎه‬ ‫اﻻﺗﺟﺎه‬ ‫اﻻﺗﺟﺎه‬
‫ﺳطﺢ ﻗﺎع اﻟﺳﻘف‬
‫‪۰۰۰۰‬‬ ‫‪٤٫٥‬‬ ‫‪٤٫۲‬‬ ‫‪۳٫۹‬‬ ‫‪۳٫٦‬‬ ‫‪۳٫۳‬‬ ‫‪۳٫۰‬‬ ‫‪۳٫٥‬‬ ‫‪۳٫۲‬‬ ‫‪۲٫۸‬‬ ‫اﻟﻘﯾﺎﺳﯾﺔ )ﻋﻧد اﻟﺷﺣﻧﺔ(‬
‫‪۰۰۰۱‬‬ ‫‪٤٫٦‬‬ ‫‪٤٫٤‬‬ ‫‪٤٫۲‬‬ ‫‪۳٫۸‬‬ ‫‪۳٫٥‬‬ ‫‪۳٫۳‬‬ ‫‪۳٫۸‬‬ ‫‪۳٫٥‬‬ ‫‪۳٫۲‬‬ ‫ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﺳﻘف )‪(۱‬‬

‫‪۱۲۹‬‬
‫‪۱۰٥‬‬

‫‪۰۰۰۳‬‬ ‫—‬ ‫‪٤٫٦‬‬ ‫‪٤٫٥‬‬ ‫—‬ ‫‪۳٫۸‬‬ ‫‪۳٫٦‬‬ ‫—‬ ‫‪۳٫۸‬‬ ‫‪۳٫٥‬‬ ‫ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﺳﻘف )‪(۳‬‬
‫‪۱۰٥‬‬
‫‪Ø۱٦۲‬‬ ‫‪۸۰‬‬
‫‪Ø۱٦۲‬‬ ‫‪۱۷۲‬‬
‫ﺳطﺢ ﻗﺎع اﻟﺳﻘف‬
‫ﻓﺗﺣﺔ ﻣرﺑﻌﺔ ﻣؤﺛرة ﻟﻘﻧﺎة اﻟﺗﻘﺳﯾم‬ ‫‪۲٤۰‬‬
‫ﻣﻧﻔذ ﺗوﺻﯾل أﻧﺑوب‬
‫اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‬
‫‪۱۱۲‬‬ ‫„ اﺗﺟﺎه ﺗﻔرﯾﻎ اﻟﮭواء‬
‫‪۱۰۱‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫ﻟـ ‪Ø۱٥۰‬‬ ‫‪٤٤‬‬
‫‪۱۰٥‬‬ ‫‪۱۰٥‬‬ ‫ﺻﻧدوق اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‬ ‫)ﺳﺎﺋل( ‪B‬‬
‫‪ ۸٤۰‬اﻷﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة‬ ‫اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻧﻔذ اﻟﻣدﺧل‬ ‫ﻛﻣﺎ ھو ﻣﺑﯾن ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل أدﻧﺎه‪ ،‬ﯾﻣﻛن اﺧﺗﯾﺎر اﺗﺟﺎھﺎت ﺗﻔرﯾﻎ اﻟﮭواء وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺷﻛل اﻟﻐرﻓﺔ وﻣﻛﺎن ﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺗﺣﺔ ﻣرﺑﻌﺔ ﻣؤﺛرة ﻟﻘﻧﺎة‬ ‫ﻣﻧﻔذ ﺗوﺻﯾل أﻧﺑوب‬ ‫ﻟﻸﺳﻼك‬
‫اﻟﺗﻘﺳﯾم‬ ‫‪٤۰۸‬‬ ‫اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‬
‫ﻟـ ‪Ø۱٥۰‬‬ ‫)ﻏﺎز( ‪C‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬اﺗﺟﺎھﺎن‬ ‫‪ ۲‬اﺗﺟﺎھﺎن‬

‫‪۷۲‬‬
‫‪ ۸٦۰‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ۹۱۰‬أﺑﻌﺎد ﻓﺗﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف‬

‫‪ ۹٥۰‬اﻷﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣﺔ‬

‫‪۲٤۱٫٥‬‬
‫‪ ۷۸۰‬ﻣﯾل ﻣﺳﻣﺎر اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾق‬

‫‪۲٦۳‬‬
‫‪۱۲۹‬‬
‫‪۱۰٥‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬

‫‪۱۰٥‬‬

‫‪۱۰٥‬‬
‫‪٤۸۰‬‬

‫‪۳۰‬‬
‫‪۲٦۹‬‬
‫‪۲۳٥‬‬

‫‪۳۲۳‬‬
‫‪۸٤۰‬‬

‫‪۱۰٥‬‬
‫‪ y‬اﺳﺗﺧدام طﻘم ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﺗدرﯾﻊ )ﯾُﺑﺎع ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣدة( ﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﺗﺟﺎھﺎت ﺗﻔرﯾﻎ اﻟﮭواء‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﺟﺎھﺎت ﺗﻔرﯾﻎ اﻟﮭواء اﻟﻣﺣدودة‪ .‬اﺗﺑﻊ دﻟﯾل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟﻣرﻓق ﻣﻊ ﻋدة ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﺗدرﯾﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻧﻔذ ﺗوﺻﯾل‬
‫أﻧﺑوب اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‬
‫‪Z‬‬ ‫‪°٤٥‬‬ ‫‪٤۱٦٫٥‬‬ ‫ﺳطﺢ ﻗﺎع‬
‫‪۱۲۹‬‬ ‫اﻟﺳﻘف‬
‫‪ ۲۰±٦۹۰‬ﻣﯾل ﻣﺳﻣﺎر اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾق‬
‫‪۱۸۹‬‬
‫ﻓﺗﺣﺔ ﻣرﺑﻌﺔ ﻣؤﺛرة ﻟﻘﻧﺎة اﻟﺗﻘﺳﯾم‬
‫‪٦۱ ٫٥‬‬

‫‪ ۸٦۰‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ۹۱۰‬أﺑﻌﺎد ﻓﺗﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف‬

‫‪۲۸‬‬

‫‪٥۷‬‬

‫ﻟـ ‪Ø۱٥۰‬‬
‫‪ ۹٥۰‬اﻷﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣﺔ‬
‫‪۷‬‬
‫‪۱۸‬‬

‫‪٤۸۰‬‬
‫‪٦٤‬‬

‫ﻣﺳﻣﺎر ﺗﻌﻠﯾق ‪ M۱۰‬أو ‪Ø۳/۸‬‬

‫‪۱۰٥‬‬ ‫)ﯾﺗم ﺷراؤه ﻣﺣﻠﯾﺎ(‬
‫‪۲٥٦٫٥‬‬
‫ﺳطﺢ ﻗﺎع اﻟﺳﻘف‬

‫‪B‬‬ ‫ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﺗدرﯾﻊ‬

‫‪A‬‬
‫‪۱۰٥‬‬

‫ﻓﺗﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﮭواء اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻲ اﻟﺑﺳﯾط‬

‫ﻟـ ‪Ø۱۰۰‬‬ ‫) ُﺗﺑﺎع ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣدة(‬
‫‪۱۳۲‬‬
‫‪۳۰ ۱۰۱‬‬

‫ﻣﻧظر ‪Z‬‬
‫اﻟﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت‬
‫‪۱۲۹‬‬

‫‪۱٦٫٥‬‬
‫ﺳطﺢ ﻗﺎع اﻟﺳﻘف‬
‫ﻋﻧد اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء اﻟذي ﺑﮫ ﻧظﺎم ﺗﻔرﯾﻎ ھواء ﺛﻧﺎﺋﻲ اﻻﺗﺟﺎه ‪ /‬ﺛﻼﺛﻲ اﻻﺗﺟﺎه‪ ،‬ﺗﮭب رﯾﺎح ﻗوﯾﺔ ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة إذا ﻛﺎن ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﻘف أﻗل ﻣن اﻟﻣﺳﺗوى اﻟﻣﻌﯾﺎري‪.‬‬
‫ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف ) ُﺗﺑﺎع ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣدة(‬
‫ﻓﺗﺣﺔ ﻣرﺑﻌﺔ ﻣؤﺛرة ﻟﻘﻧﺎة اﻟﺗﻘﺳﯾم‬ ‫ﻟذﻟك‪ ،‬ﯾﺟرى ﺗﻐﯾﯾر ﻣﻔﺗﺎح اﻹﻋدادات وﻓﻘﺎ ﻻرﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﺳﻘف ﺑواﺳطﺔ ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد اﻟﺳﻠﻛﻲ )ﯾُﺑﺎع ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣدة(‪.‬‬
‫ﻟـ ‪Ø۱٥۰‬‬

‫ﻓﺗﺣﺔ ﻣرﺑﻌﺔ ﻣؤﺛرة ﻟﻠﻣرطب‬

‫)ﻣم(‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫اﻟطراز ‪RAV-‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫اﻟطراز ‪RAV-‬‬
‫‪۱۸۳‬‬ ‫‪۳۹۱‬‬ ‫‪360USP‬‬ ‫‪۱۲۰‬‬ ‫‪۲٥٦‬‬ ‫‪300USP, 240USP, 180USP‬‬

‫‪AR-۱۲‬‬ ‫‪AR-۱۱‬‬
‫–‪–٦‬‬

‫‪02_1115350113-AR.indd 6‬‬ ‫‪9/26/2559 BE 11:23 AM‬‬

 ‫–‪–۷‬‬

‫ﺑﻼطﺔ ﺧرﺳﺎﻧﯾﺔ ﻣوﺟودة‬ ‫‪ y‬ﻋﻧد ﺗﻌﻠﯾق ﺳﻘف‪ ,‬اﻓﺗﺢ اﻟﺳﻘف ﻋﻠﻰ طول اﻷﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ﻟﻧﻣط اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪.‬‬ ‫„ ﻓﺗﺢ ﻓﺗﺣﺎت ﻓﻲ ﺳﻘف وﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣﺳﺎﻣﯾر‬
‫اﺳﺗﺧدم ﻣﺛﺑت ﻓﺗﺣﺔ‪ ,‬أو ﻗﺎﺑس ﻓﺗﺣﺔ‪ ,‬أو ﻣﺳﺎﻣﯾر ﻓﺗﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾق‬
‫اﻟﻧظر إﻟﻰ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻷﻧﺎﺑﯾب ‪ /‬اﻷﺳﻼك ﺑﻌد ﺗﻌﻠﯾق اﻟوﺣدة ﻋﻧد ﺗﺣدﯾد ﻣوﻗﻊ‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫ﺗرﻛﯾب وﺗوﺟﮫ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌد ﺗﺣدﯾد ﻣﻛﺎن ﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪ ,‬اﻓﺗﺢ اﻟﺳﻘف وﻗم ﺑﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣﺳﺎﻣﯾر‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾق‪.‬‬
‫ﺗرﻛﯾب ﻓﺗﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف وﻣﺳﻣﺎر اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾق‬ ‫إن أﺑﻌﺎد ﻓﺗﺣﺎت اﻟﺳﻘف وﻣﯾل ﻣﺳﺎﻣﯾر اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾق ﻣوﺿﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟرﺳم وﻧﻣط‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫ﺑرﻏﻲ ﺗﺛﺑﯾت اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟﻣرﻓق‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﻣﺎر ﺗﻌﻠﯾق‬ ‫ﻋﻧد وﺟود ﺳﻘف ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌل‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ أﻧﺑوب اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‪ ،‬وأﻧﺑوب اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‪ ،‬وأﺳﻼك‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ‪ /‬اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪ ،‬وأﺳﻼك ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‬
‫ﻣﻘﯾﺎس ﻣﺳﺗوى )ﺗﺳوﯾﺔ‪ ٥ :‬ﻣم أو أﻗل(‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣواﻗﻊ ﺗوﺻﯾﻼﺗﮭم ﻗﺑل ﺗﻌﻠﯾق اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺳﻣﺎر ﺗﻌﻠﯾق‬ ‫)‪ ۱۲ (۲‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ۱۷‬ﻣم‬ ‫ﻣﯾزان‬
‫ﻗم ﺑﺷراء ﻣﺳﺎﻣﯾر ﺗﻌﻠﯾق واﻟﺻواﻣﯾل ﻟﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ )ﻟﯾﺳت ﻣرﻓﻘﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻣط اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب )ﻣﻠﺣق(‬ ‫‪ ٤‬ﻗطﻌﺔ‬ ‫‪ M۱۰‬أو ‪W۳/۸‬‬ ‫ﻣﺳﻣﺎر ﺗﻌﻠﯾق‬
‫دﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﯾق‬ ‫ﻓﺗﺣﺔ‬
‫‪ ۱۲‬ﻗطﻌﺔ‬ ‫‪ M۱۰‬أو ‪W۳/۸‬‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻣوﻟﺔ‬

‫دﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﯾق‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف‬ ‫ﻛﯾﻔﯾﺔ اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻧﻣط اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‬

‫ﯾﺧﺗﻠف اﻟﺳﻘف وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﮭﯾﻛل اﻟﺑﻧﺎء‪.‬‬
‫)‪ ۱۰ (۱‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ۳٥‬ﻣم‬
‫ﻟﻣزﯾد ﻣن اﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﯾل‪ ,‬اﺳﺗﺷر أﺧﺻﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﺷﯾﯾد أو ﻣﻘﺎول ﺗﺷطﯾﺑﺎت داﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﻣﻠﺣق(‬
‫ﻟوح اﻟﺳﻘف‬ ‫ﻗم ﺑﺗﺛﺑﯾت ﺻﺎﻣوﻟﺔ )‪ M۱۰‬أو ‪ :W۳/۸‬ﻏﯾر ﻣزودة( ووردة ‪) Ø۳٤‬ﻣزودة(‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫أﺛﻧﺎء اﻟﻌﻣﻠﯾﺔ ﺑﻌد إزاﻟﺔ ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف‪ ،‬ﻣن اﻟﻣﮭم ﺗﻌزﯾز أﺳﺎس )إطﺎر( اﻟﺳﻘف‬ ‫ﯾﺗوﻓر ﻧﻣط اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب داﺧل ﻏطﺎء اﻟﺗﻌﺑﺋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻛل ﻣﺳﻣﺎر ﺗﻌﻠﯾق‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﯾﺎس اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‬
‫أدﺧل وردة ﻓﻲ ﻛﻼ ﺟﺎﻧﺑﻲ أﺧدود دﻋﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾق اﻟﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻛل ﺣرف ‪T‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫واﻟﺣﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺗوى اﻷﻓﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺳﻘف اﻟﻣﺛﺑت ﺑﺷﻛل ﺻﺣﯾﺢ ﻣن أﺟل ﻣﻧﻊ‬
‫اھﺗزاز ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف‪.‬‬ ‫>ﻟﻠﺳﻘف اﻟﻣوﺟود<‬
‫ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪ ,‬وﻗم ﺑﺗﻌﻠﯾق اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺳﺗﺧدم ﻧﻣط اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟذي ﯾﺣدد ﻣوﻗﻊ ﻓﺗﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف وﻣﺳﺎﻣﯾر اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾق‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن أن اﻟﺟواﻧب اﻷرﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻣﺳﺗوﯾﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﻘﯾﺎس‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫‪ .۱‬اﻗطﻊ أﺳﺎس اﻟﺳﻘف وأزﻟﮫ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗوى )اﻻﺳﺗواء‪ ٥ :‬ﻣم أو أﻗل(‬ ‫‪ .۲‬ﻋزز اﻟﺳطﺢ اﻟﻣﻘطوع ﻷﺳﺎس اﻟﺳﻘف‪ ،‬وأﺿف أﺳﺎس ﺳﻘف ﻟﺗﺛﺑﯾت ﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ‬
‫ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف‪.‬‬ ‫>ﻟﻠﺳﻘف اﻟﺟدﯾد<‬
‫اﻓﺻل ﻣﻘﯾﺎس اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب )ﻣﻠﺣق( ﻣن ﻧﻣط اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪.‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫اﺳﺗﺧدم ﻧﻣط اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب ﻟﺗﺣدﯾد ﻣوﻗﻊ ﻓﺗﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف ﻋﻧد اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾق ﻓﻲ ﺳﻘف‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﻘﯾﺎس اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪ ,‬اﻓﺣص واﺿﺑط اﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ اﻟﻣﻛﺎﻧﯾﺔ ﺑﯾن اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫ﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣﺳﻣﺎر اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾق‬ ‫‪ y‬ﺑﻌد ﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣﺳﺎﻣﯾر اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾق‪ ,‬ﻗم ﺑﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ وﻓﺗﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف )‪ ۱۰) (۱‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ۳٥‬ﻣم‪ ٤ :‬ﺟواﻧب( وارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾق‬ ‫‪ y‬ﻗم ﺑﺗﺛﺑﯾت اﻷرﺑﻊ ﻓﺗﺣﺎت ﻓﻲ ﻧﻣط اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب ﻓﻲ اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ ﺑﺗﺛﺑﯾت ﺑراﻏﻲ اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫اﺳﺗﺧدم ﻣﺳﺎﻣﯾر ﺗﻌﻠﯾق ‪٤) M۱۰‬ﻗطﻊ‪ ,‬ﺗﺑﺎع ﻣﺣﻠﯾﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫)‪ ۱۲) (۲‬ﻣم إﻟﻰ ‪ ۱۷‬ﻣم‪ ٤ :‬أرﻛﺎن(‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻣطﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻟﮭﯾﻛل اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ‪ ,‬اﺿﺑط اﻟﻣﯾل وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺣﺟم ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﻧظر اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬
‫)ﻛﯾﻔﯾﺔ اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﻘﯾﺎس اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﻘﯾﺎس(‬
‫)‪ ۱۲ (۲‬إﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻠوﺣدة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺣو اﻟﻣوﺿﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟوح اﻟﺳﻘف‬ ‫ﻣﻘﯾﺎس اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‬ ‫‪ ۱۷‬ﻣم‬
‫)‪ ۱۰ (۱‬إﻟﻰ‬ ‫* ﻗم ﺑﺷراء ﻣﺳﺎﻣﯾر وﺻواﻣﯾل‬ ‫ﺑﻼطﺔ ﺧرﺳﺎﻧﯾﺔ ﺟدﯾدة‬
‫‪ ۳٥‬ﻣم‬ ‫اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾق ﻣﺣﻠﯾﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗم ﺑﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻣﯾر اﻟﺗﻲ ﺑﮭﺎ دﻋﺎﺋم إدﺧﺎل أو ﻣﺳﺎﻣﯾر اﻟﺗﺛﺑﯾت‪.‬‬

‫ﻣطﺎط‬
‫ﻣﺳﻣﺎر ﺗﻌﻠﯾق‬
‫)‪ M۱۰‬أو ‪(W۳/۸‬‬ ‫)دﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻧوع‬ ‫)دﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻧوع‬ ‫ﻣﺳﻣﺎر ﺗﺛﺑﯾت‬
‫ﻧﺻﻠﯾﺔ(‬ ‫ﻣﻧزﻟق(‬ ‫)ﻣﺳﻣﺎر ﺗﺛﺑﯾت ﺗﻌﻠﯾق‬
‫ﺻﺎﻣوﻟﺔ )‪ M۱۰‬أو ‪(W۳/۸‬‬ ‫اﻷﻧﺎﺑﯾب(‬
‫وردة )ﻣﻠﺣﻘﺔ(‬
‫ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺳﻘوط اﻟﻣﺳﻣﺎر‬ ‫ھﯾﻛل إطﺎر ﺻﻠب‬
‫)ﻟﻐرض اﻟﺳﻼﻣﺔ(‪,‬‬ ‫اﺳﺗﺧدم اﻟزواﯾﺎ اﻟﻣوﺟودة أو ﻗم ﺑﺗرﻛﯾب زواﯾﺎ دﻋم ﺟدﯾدة‬
‫وردة ﻣﺧﺗﻠﻔﺔ اﻟﻣرﻛز‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﺿﺑطﮫ‬
‫)ﻣﻠﺣق(‬ ‫ﺗﻣﺎﻣﺎ ﺗﺣت دﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺳﻣﺎر ﺗﻌﻠﯾق‬
‫* ﻗم ﺑﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟوﺟﮫ اﻟﻣﻌﻠم ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾق ﻛﻣﺎ ھو‬
‫"ﻷﻋﻠﻰ" ﻓﻲ ﻣوﺿﻌﮫ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣوﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﺎﻣوﻟﺔ )‪ M۱۰‬أو ‪(W۳/۸‬‬ ‫ﻣﺳﻣﺎر ﺗﻌﻠﯾق‬ ‫زاوﯾﺔ دﻋم‬

‫‪AR-۱٤‬‬ ‫‪AR-۱۳‬‬

‫‪02_1115350113-AR.indd 7‬‬ ‫‪9/26/2559 BE 11:23 AM‬‬

 ‫ﻋﻣل أﻧﺎﺑﯾب اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫„ ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ُﺑﻌد اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت‬
‫ﻗﺑل ﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن إزاﻟﺔ ﻣﻠطف اﻟﺣرﻛﺔ اﻟﺧﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻘل‬
‫‪ y‬ﻟﻛﻲ ﯾﻛون ﻟدﯾك طول أﻧﺑوب ﺗﺻرﯾف ﻣﺗﻘﺎطﻊ‪ ,‬اﺣﺻره ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ۲۰‬م أو‬ ‫اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ اﻟﻘﯾﺎﺳﯾﺔ ﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل اﻹﺷﺎرة ھﻲ ‪ ۸‬م ﺗﻘرﯾﺑﺎ ﻋﻣودﯾﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺑل وﺣدة اﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﯾﮫ‬ ‫اﻟﻣوﺟود ﺑﯾن اﻟﻣروﺣﺔ وﻓم اﻟﺟرس‪ .‬ﻗد ﯾؤدي ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟوﺣدة دون إزاﻟﺔ‬
‫أﻗل‪.‬‬ ‫اﻹﺷﺎرة‪ .‬ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ذﻟك‪ ,‬ﺣدد اﻟﻣﻛﺎن اﻟذي ﯾﻌﻣل ﻓﯾﮫ ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎل اﻷﻧﺑوب اﻟطوﯾل‪ ,‬ﻗم ﺑﺗوﻓﯾر دﻋﺎﺋم ﻣﺳﺎﻧدة ﺑطول ‪ ۱٫٥‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ۲‬م‬ ‫ﻣﻠطف اﻟﺣرﻛﺔ إﻟﻰ ﺗﻠف ﻣﺣرك اﻟﻣروﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وﻣﻛﺎن اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪.‬‬
‫ﻣن أﺟل ﻣﻧﻊ اﻟﺗﻣوج‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺳب دﻟﯾل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪ ،‬أﺟري أﻋﻣﺎل أﻧﺎﺑﯾب اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف ﺑﺣﯾث ﯾﺗم ﺗﺻرﯾف‬
‫‪ y‬ﻗم ﺑﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‪ ,‬وﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن أن اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﺗﺳﺗﻘﺑل إﺷﺎرة‬
‫اﻟﻣﯾﺎه ﺑﺷﻛل ﺻﺣﯾﺢ‪ ،‬وﺗطﺑﯾق اﻟﻌزل اﻟﺣراري ﺣﺗﻰ ﻻ ﯾﺗﺳﺑب ﻓﻲ ﺳﻘوط‬
‫ﺷﻛل‬ ‫ﻧدى‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺗﺄﻛﯾد‪ ,‬ﺛم ﻗم ﺑﺗرﻛﯾﺑﮫ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘوس‬
‫ﻗد ﯾؤدي اﻟﻘﯾﺎم ﺑﺄﻋﻣﺎل اﻷﻧﺎﺑﯾب ﺑﺷﻛل ﻏﯾر ﻣﻧﺎﺳب إﻟﻰ ﺗﺳرب ﻣﯾﺎه ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪ y‬ﺣﺎﻓظ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ‪ ۱‬م أو أﻛﺛر ﺑﯾن اﻟﺟﮭﺎز واﻷﺟﮭزة اﻷﺧرى ﻣﺛل اﻟﺗﻠﻔﺎز أو‬
‫ﻏﯾر ﺟﯾد‬
‫اﻟﻐرﻓﺔ واﺑﺗﻼل اﻷﺛﺎث‪.‬‬ ‫اﻻﺳﺗرﯾو أو اﻟﻔﻠورﺳﻧت‪ ,‬إﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳدادة‬ ‫)ﻗد ﯾﺗوﻟد ﺗﺷوﯾﮫ ﻟﻠﺻورة أو ﺿوﺿﺎء(‬
‫‪ y‬ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺣدوث ﻋطل‪ ,‬اﺧﺗر ﻣﻛﺎن ﻻ ﯾﺗﺄﺛر ﺑﺿوء ﻓﻠورﺳﻧت أو ﺿوء اﻟﺷﻣس‬
‫‪ y‬اﺿﺑط أﻧﺑوب اﻟﺗﺟﻣﯾﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺣو اﻟﻣوﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل أدﻧﺎه‪.‬‬ ‫„ ﻣﺎدة ﻋزل اﻷﻧﺎﺑﯾب ‪ /‬اﻟﺣرارة‬ ‫اﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷر‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗرﻛﯾب وﺣدﺗﯾن داﺧﻠﯾﺗﯾن أو أﻛﺛر )ﺑﻣﺎ ﯾﺻل إﻟﻰ ‪ ٦‬وﺣدات( ﺑﺟﮭﺎز‬
‫طوﯾﻠﺔ ﻗدر اﻹﻣﻛﺎن )‪ ۱۰‬ﺳم(‬
‫اطﻠب اﻟﻣواد اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ ﻟﻌزل اﻷﻧﺎﺑﯾب واﻟﺣرارة ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣوﻗﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد ﻻﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔس اﻟﻐرﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪VP۲٥‬‬ ‫‪VP۲٥‬‬ ‫‪VP۲٥‬‬
‫أﻧﺑوب ﻛﻠورﯾد ﻓﯾﻧﯾل ﺻﻠب ‪) VP۲٥‬اﻟﻘطر اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬
‫اﻷﻧﺎﺑﯾب‬ ‫وﺣدة اﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل اﻹﺷﺎرة‬
‫‪ Ø۳۲ :‬ﻣم(‬
‫‪ VP۳۰‬أو أﻛﺛر‬ ‫ﻣﻧﺣدر ﻷﺳﻔل ﺑﻣﻘدار‬ ‫رﻏوة اﻟﺑوﻟﻲ إﺛﯾﻠﯾن‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﺎزل ﺣرارة‬
‫‪ ۱/۱۰۰‬أو أﻛﺛر‬ ‫ﺑﺳﻣك ‪ ۱۰‬ﻣم أو أﻛﺛر‬
‫‪۸‬م‬
‫‪ y‬ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﻋدم اﺳﺗﺧدام اﻟﻘوة أﺛﻧﺎء ﺗوﺻﯾل ﺟزء أﻧﺑوب اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻻ ﯾﻣﻛن أن ﺗﻛون أﻧﺎﺑﯾب ﻛﻠورﯾد اﻟﻔﯾﻧﯾل اﻟﺻﻠب ﻣوﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة ﺑﻣﻧﻔذ‬
‫„ ﺧرطوم ﻣرن‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن إزاﻟﺔ ﻣﻠطف اﻟﺣرﻛﺔ اﻟﺧﺎص ﺑﺎﻟﻧﻘل اﻟﻣوﺟود ﺑﯾن‬
‫اﻟﻣروﺣﺔ وﻓم اﻟﺟرس‪.‬‬
‫ﺗوﺻﯾل أﻧﺑوب اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺳﺗﺧدم اﻟﺧرطوم اﻟﻣرن اﻟﻣرﻓق ﻟﺿﺑط ﺗﻌﺎرض أﻧﺑوب ﻛﻠورﯾد اﻟﻔﯾﻧﯾل أو‬
‫ﻟﻠﺗوﺻﯾل ﺑﻣﻧﻔذ ﺗوﺻﯾل أﻧﺑوب اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن اﺳﺗﺧدام ‪ /‬ﺗﺛﺑﯾت‬ ‫ﺿﺑط اﻟزاوﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺧرطوم اﻟﻣرن اﻟﻣرﻓق ﻣﻊ رﺑﺎط اﻟﺧرطوم‪ ،‬وإﻻ ﺣدث ﺗﻠف أو ﺗﺳرب‬ ‫‪ y‬ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم اﻟﺧرطوم اﻟﻣرن ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺣو اﻟﻣﻣﺗد‪ ,‬أو ﻻ ﺗﺷوھﮫ أﻛﺛر ﺑﺗﻣدﯾده‬
‫ﻣﯾﺎه ﻓﻲ ﻣﻧﻔذ ﺗوﺻﯾل أﻧﺑوب اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‪.‬‬
‫رﺑﺎط اﻟﺧرطوم‬
‫أﻛﺛر ﻣﻣﺎ ھو ﻣوﺟود ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل أدﻧﺎه‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﺗﺛﺑﯾت اﻟﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻠﯾﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺧرطوم اﻟﻣرن ﺑرﺑﺎط اﻟﺧرطوم اﻟﻣرﻓق‪.‬‬
‫„ ﺗرﻛﯾب ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف ) ُﺗﺑﺎع ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣدة(‬
‫أﻧﺑوب ﻛﻠورﯾد اﻟﻔﯾﻧﯾل ‪VP۲٥‬‬
‫اﻟﻣرﻓق ﻣﻧﻔذ ﺗوﺻﯾل أﻧﺑوب‬ ‫)ﯾﺗم ﺷراؤه ﻣﺣﻠﯾﺎ(‬
‫‪ y‬اﺳﺗﺧدم اﻟﺧرطوم اﻟﻣرن ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺗوى اﻷﻓﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗم ﺑﺗرﻛﯾب ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟدﻟﯾل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب ﺑﻌد اﻻﻧﺗﮭﺎء ﻣن أﻋﻣﺎل اﻷﻧﺎﺑﯾب ‪/‬‬
‫اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف )ﻣﻘﺑس ﺻﻠب(‬ ‫اﻟﺧرطوم اﻟﻣرن اﻟﻣرﻓق‬ ‫ﺣﺳﻧﺎ ً‬ ‫ﻏﯾر ﺟﯾد‬ ‫اﻷﺳﻼك‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن أن ﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﺟزء ﻓﺗﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف ﺻﺣﯾﺢ‪ ,‬ﺛم ﻗم ﺑﺗرﻛﯾﺑﮫ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬

‫ﻓﺗﺣﺔ ﻋﻣودﯾﺔ )ﺳدادة(‬ ‫اﻟﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت‬

‫ﺑﺣد أﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺑس ﻟﯾن‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺑس ﻟـ ‪VP۲٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٤٥‬درﺟﺔ‬ ‫‪ y‬ارﺑط أﺟزاء ﺗوﺻﯾل ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف‪ ،‬وﺳطﺢ اﻟﺳﻘف‪ ،‬وﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف‬
‫)ﯾﺗم ﺷراؤه ﻣﺣﻠﯾﺎ(‬
‫ﺑﺣد أﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫واﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎم‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺑس ﺻﻠب‬
‫‪ ٤٥‬درﺟﺔ‬ ‫ﻓوﺟود أي ﻓﺟوة ﺑﯾﻧﮭﺎ ﯾﺳﺑب ﺗﺳرب ھواء وﯾوﻟد ﺗﻛﺛﯾف أو ﺗﺳرب ﻣﯾﺎه‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۹۰‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﯾل‬
‫ﻣﺎدة ﻻﺻﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺟﺔ ﻟﻠوﻗﺎﯾﺔ ﻣن اﻟﺻدأ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ y‬أزل أﻏطﯾﺔ اﻷرﻛﺎن اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺿﺑط ﻓﻲ أرﻛﺎن ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف اﻷرﺑﻌﺔ‪ ,‬ﺛم‬
‫اﺳﺗﺧدم اﻟﺧرطوم اﻟﻣرن اﻟﻣرﻓق ورﺑﺎط‬ ‫ﻗم ﺑﺗرﻛﯾب ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف ﻓﻲ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺧرطوم ﻟﺗوﺻﯾل ﺧرطوم اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت‬ ‫‪ y‬ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن أن ﺑراﺛن أﻏطﯾﺔ اﻷرﻛﺎن اﻷرﺑﻌﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺿﺑط ﻣﺛﺑﺗﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎم‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺑس اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف اﻟواﺿﺢ‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﺗم وﺿﻊ ﻣﺎدة ﻻﺻﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﺳﯾﺗﻠف اﻟﻣﻘﺑس‬ ‫‪ y‬ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن أداء اﻟﻌزل اﻟﺣراري ﻷﻧﺎﺑﯾب ﺗﺻرﯾف اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﻗد ﯾﺗﺳﺑب اﻟﺗﺛﺑﯾت ﻏﯾر اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳب ﻟﻠﺑراﺛن ﻓﻲ ﺗﺳرب ﻣﯾﺎه‪.‬‬
‫وﯾﺳﺑب ﺗﺳرﯾب ﻣﯾﺎه‪.‬‬ ‫‪ y‬ﻻ ﺗﻧس أﺑداً أداء اﻟﻌزل اﻟﺣراري ﻟﺟزء اﻟﺗوﺻﯾل ﺑﺎﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺳﺑب اﻟﻌزل اﻟﺣراري ﻏﯾر اﻟﻛﺎﻣل ﺳﻘوط ﻧدى‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﻣم أو أﻗل‬ ‫‪ ۱۰‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ۱۲‬ﻣم‬ ‫‪ y‬اﺿﺑط أﻧﺑوب اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف ﻣﻊ اﻟﻣﻧﺣدر ﻷﺳﻔل )‪ ۱/۱۰۰‬أو أﻛﺛر(‪ ،‬وﻻ ﺗﺳﻣﺢ‬
‫رﺑﺎط اﻟﺧرطوم اﻟذي ﯾﺣﻛم‬ ‫ﺑوﺟود ﺗﺿﺧم أو اﻧﺗﻔﺎخ ﻓﻲ اﻷﻧﺎﺑﯾب‪.‬‬
‫إﻏﻼق اﻟﺣﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫ﻗد ﯾﺳﺑب ھذا ﺻوت ﻏﯾر طﺑﯾﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۱٫٥‬م إﻟﻰ ‪ ۲‬م‬
‫دﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻧﻔذ ﺗوﺻﯾل أﻧﺑوب‬
‫أﻧﺑوب ﻛﻠورﯾد اﻟﻔﯾﻧﯾل‬ ‫ﻣﺳﺎﻧدة‬
‫اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف )ﺷﻔﺎف(‬
‫‪VP۲٥‬‬
‫)ﯾﺗم ﺷراؤه ﻣﺣﻠﯾﺎ(‬ ‫‪ ۱/۱۰۰‬أو أﻛﺛر‬
‫‪ ۱۰‬ﻣم‬ ‫ﻋﺎزل ﺣرارة‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬

‫ﻷﺳﻔل‬

‫ﺧرطوم ﻣرن ﻋﺎزل ﺣرارة‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺑس ﻷﻧﺑوب ﻛﻠورﯾد اﻟﻔﯾﻧﯾل‬

‫)ﻣﻠﺣق(‬ ‫‪VP۲٥‬‬
‫)ﯾﺗم ﺷراؤه ﻣﺣﻠﯾﺎ(‬

‫‪AR-۱٦‬‬ ‫‪AR-۱٥‬‬
‫–‪–۸‬‬

‫‪02_1115350113-AR.indd 8‬‬ ‫‪9/26/2559 BE 11:23 AM‬‬

 ‫–‪–۹‬‬

‫„ إﺟراء اﻟﻌزل اﻟﺣراري‬ ‫‪ y‬ﺑﻌد اﻧﺗﮭﺎء اﻷﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ‪ ,‬ﻗم ﺑﺻب ﻣﯾﺎه أﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﯾل وﺿﻊ ‪COOL‬‬
‫)ﺗﺑرﯾد(‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻛﻣﺎ ھو ﻣﺑﯾن ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل‪ ،‬ﻗم ﺑﺗﻐطﯾﺔ اﻟﺧرطوم اﻟﻣرن ورﺑﺎط اﻟﺧرطوم‬ ‫‪ y‬إذا ﻟم ﯾﺗم اﻻﻧﺗﮭﺎء ﻣن اﻷﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﺑﻌد‪ ,‬اﺳﺣب ﻣوﺻل ﻣﻔﺗﺎح اﻟطﻔو‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎزل اﻟﺣراري اﻟﻣرﻓق ﺣﺗﻰ اﻟﺟزء اﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ ﻣن اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﺑدون‬ ‫)‪ :CN۳٤‬أﺣﻣر( ﻣن ﺻﻧدوق اﻟﺗﺣﻛم اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬وﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‬
‫اﻟﻔﺟوة‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل ﻗﺎﺑس طﺎﻗﺔ ‪ ۲٤۰-۲۰۰‬ﻓوﻟت أﺣﺎدي اﻟطور ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺗﯾن‬
‫‪ y‬ﻗم ﺑﺗﻐطﯾﺔ أﻧﺑوب اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف ﺑﺳﻼﺳﺔ ﺑﻌﺎزل ﺣراري ﯾﺗم ﺷراؤه ﻣﺣﻠﯾﺎ ﺑﺣﯾث‬ ‫اﻟطرﻓﯾﺗﯾن ‪ 1‬و ‪.2‬‬
‫ﯾﺗداﺧل ﻣﻊ اﻟﻌﺎزل اﻟﺣراري اﻟﻣرﻓق ﻟﺟزء ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‪.‬‬ ‫إذا ﻗﻣت ﺑذﻟك‪ ,‬ﯾﻌﻣل ﻣﺣرك ﻣﺿﺧﺔ اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬اﺧﺗﺑر ﺗﺻرﯾف اﻟﻣﯾﺎه أﺛﻧﺎء ﻓﺣص ﺻوت ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﻣﺣرك ﻣﺿﺧﺔ اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‪.‬‬
‫)إذا ﺗﻐﯾر ﺻوت اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﻣن ﺻوت ﻣﺳﺗﻣر إﻟﻰ ﺻوت ﻣﺗﻘطﻊ‪ ,‬ﻓﺈن‬
‫ﺗﺻرﯾف اﻟﻣﯾﺎه طﺑﯾﻌﻲ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻟف اﻟﻌﺎزل اﻟﺣراري اﻟﻣرﻓق ﺑﺳﻼﺳﺔ ﻣن ﺳطﺢ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌد اﻟﻔﺣص‪ ,‬ﯾﻌﻣل ﻣﺣرك ﻣﺿﺧﺔ اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‪ ,‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﯾوﺻل ﻣوﺻل ﻣﻔﺗﺎح‬
‫ﻋﺎزل ﺣراري‬
‫اﻟطﻔو‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎزل ﺣراري ﻟﺟزء ﺗوﺻﯾل‬ ‫)ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎل اﻟﻔﺣص ﺑﺳﺣب ﻣوﺻل ﻣﻔﺗﺎح اﻟطﻔو‪ ,‬ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن إﻋﺎدة اﻟﻣوﺻل إﻟﻰ‬
‫)ﯾﺗم ﺷراؤه ﻣﺣﻠﯾﺎ(‬
‫اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف )ﻣﻠﺣق(‬ ‫وﺿﻌﮫ اﻷﺻﻠﻲ‪(.‬‬
‫„ ﻓﺣص اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‬
‫أﺛﻧﺎء إﺟراء اﻻﺧﺗﺑﺎر‪ ,‬ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن أن ﺗﺻرﯾف اﻟﻣﯾﺎه ﯾﺟرى ﺑﺷﻛل ﺻﺣﯾﺢ وأن‬
‫اﻟﻣﯾﺎه ﻻ ﺗﺗﺳرب ﻣن ﺟزء ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻷﻧﺎﺑﯾب‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﻓﺣص اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف أﯾﺿﺎ ﻋﻧد ﺗرﻛﯾﺑﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺗرة اﻟﺗدﻓﺋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام أﺑرﯾق أو ﺧرطوم‪ ,‬ﺻب ﻣﺎء )‪ ۱٥۰۰‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ۲۰۰۰‬ﺳم ﻣﻛﻌب( ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻧﻔذ اﻟﺗﻔرﯾﻎ ﻗﺑل ﺗرﻛﯾب ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف‪.‬‬
‫ﺻب ﻣﺎء ﺑﺎﻟﺗدرﯾﺞ ﺑﺣﯾث ﻻ ﯾﻧﺗﺷر اﻟﻣﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺣرك ﻣﺿﺧﺔ اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﯾﮫ‬
‫ﺻب اﻟﻣﺎء ﺑرﻓق ﺑﺣﯾث ﻻ ﯾﻧﺗﺷر داﺧل اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﻣﺎ ﻗد ﯾﺗﺳﺑب ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋطل‪.‬‬
‫„ ﺗوﺻﯾل أﻧﺑوب اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‬
‫‪ y‬ﻗم ﺑﺗوﺻﯾل ﻣﻘﺑس ﺻﻠب )ﯾﺗم ﺷراؤه ﻣﺣﻠﯾﺎ( ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻘﺑس اﻟﺻﻠب ﻟﻠﺧرطوم‬
‫اﻟﻣرن اﻟﻣزود اﻟﻣرﻓق‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻗم ﺑﺗوﺻﯾل أﻧﺑوب ﺗﺻرﯾف )ﯾﺗم ﺷراؤه ﻣﺣﻠﯾﺎ( ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻘﺑس اﻟﺻﻠب اﻟﻣوﺻل‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت‬
‫‪ y‬ﻗم ﺑﺗوﺻﯾل أﻧﺎﺑﯾب ﻛﻠورﯾد اﻟﻔﯾﻧﯾل اﻟﺻﻠﺑﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎم ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﺎدة ﻻﺻﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻛﻠورﯾد اﻟﻔﯾﻧﯾل ﻟﺗﺟﻧب ﺗﺳرب اﻟﻣﯾﺎه‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻗد ﯾﺳﺗﻐرق اﻷﻣر ﺑﻌض اﻟوﻗت ﺣﺗﻰ ﺗﺟف اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﻼﺻﻘﺔ وﺗﺗﺻﻠب‬
‫)ارﺟﻊ إﻟﻰ دﻟﯾل اﻟﻣﺎدة اﻟﻼﺻﻘﺔ(‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم اﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻛوع ﻣﻊ‬
‫أﻧﺑوب اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف أﺛﻧﺎء ھذه اﻟﻔﺗرة اﻟزﻣﻧﯾﺔ‪.‬‬

‫„ اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬

‫أﺣﺎدي اﻟطور‬ ‫اﻟﻣﺑﺎدل اﻟﺣراري‬

‫‪ ۲٤۰ - ۲۲۰‬ﻓوﻟت‬ ‫ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﻻ ﯾﺗوﻓر اﻻﻧﺣدار ﻷﺳﻔل ﻷﻧﺑوب اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‪ ,‬ﻣن اﻟﻣﻣﻛن ﻋﻣل أﻧﺑوب‬
‫ﻧﮭﺎﯾﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻣوﺻل ﻣﻔﺗﺎح اﻟطﻔو‬
‫‪CN۳٤‬‬ ‫‪ y‬ﯾﺟب أن ﯾﻛون ارﺗﻔﺎع أﻧﺑوب اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف ‪ ۸٥۰‬ﻣم أو أﻗل ﻣن ﻗﺎع اﻟﺳﻘف‪.‬‬
‫أﺑﯾض‬ ‫)‪ ۳‬ﻣواﺿﻊ(‬ ‫‪ y‬أﺧرج أﻧﺑوب اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف ﻣن ﻛوع أﻧﺑوب اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف ﻓﻲ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫)أﺣﻣر(‬
‫)‪ :CN۳٤‬أﺣﻣر(‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣﻊ اﻟﺻرف‬ ‫ﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ‪ ۳۰۰‬ﻣم أو أﻗل‪ ,‬وﻗم ﺑﺛﻧﻲ اﻷﻧﺑوب ﻋﻣودﯾﺎ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻗم ﺑﺗوﺟﯾﮫ ﺷﻘوق وطﺑﻘﺎت اﻟﻌﺎزل اﻟﺣراري ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺗﺟﻧب ﺗﺳرب اﻟﻣﯾﺎه‪.‬‬ ‫أﺣﻣر‬
‫‪ y‬ﻓوراً ﺑﻌد ﺛﻧﻲ أﻧﺑوب اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف ﻋﻣودﯾﺎ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ,‬ﺿﻊ اﻷﻧﺑوب ﻣﻧﺣدرا ﻷﺳﻔل‪.‬‬
‫أﺳود‬
‫‪ y‬اﺿﺑط ﺑﺎﻟﺗدرﯾﺞ ﻷﺳﻔل ﻣﺑﺎﺷرة ﺑﻌد اﻟرﻓﻊ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻣودﯾﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺣب اﻟﻣوﺻل ‪) CN۳٤‬اﻷﺣﻣر(‬ ‫ﺳﻠك اﻟﺗزوﯾد ﺑﺎﻟطﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻣن ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫أﺳود‬

‫اﻟرﻓﻊ ﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫‪ ٦٦۱‬ﻣم أو أﻗل‬

‫اﻟرﻓﻊ ﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ ‪ ۸٥۰‬ﻣم أو أﻗل‬

‫‪ ۳۰۰‬ﻣم أو أﻗل‬

‫أداة ﻟﺻب‬ ‫ادﺧل ﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﺧرطوم ﺑﯾن اﻟﻣﺑﺎدل اﻟﺣراري‬

‫اﻟﻣﯾﺎه‬ ‫وﻣﺟﻣﻊ اﻟﺻرف‪ ,‬ﺛم اﺛﻧﻲ اﻟﺧرطوم ﻷﺳﻔل‪.‬‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫زﺟﺎﺟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﯾﺎه )‪ ۱٥۰۰‬ﺳم ﻣﻛﻌب إﻟﻰ ‪ ۲۰۰۰‬ﺳم ﻣﻛﻌب(‬ ‫اﻟﺟﺎﻧب اﻟﺳﻔﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﺳﻘف‬

‫‪AR-۱۷‬‬ ‫‪AR-۱۸‬‬

‫‪02_1115350113-AR.indd 9‬‬ ‫‪9/26/2559 BE 11:23 AM‬‬

 ‫„ ﺗطﮭﯾر اﻟﮭواء‬ ‫إﺣﻛﺎم اﻟﺗوﺻﯾل‬ ‫أﻧﺎﺑﯾب ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد واﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ‬ ‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﯾﮫ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﺿﺧﺔ ﻓراﻏﯾﺔ‪ ,‬أﺟري ﺗﻔرﯾﻎ ﻣن ﻣﻧﻔذ اﻟﺷﺣن ﻟﺻﻣﺎم اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫„ اﺧﺗﻼف طول وارﺗﻔﺎع اﻷﻧﺑوب اﻟﻣﺳﻣوح ﺑﮫ‬ ‫„ أﻧﺎﺑﯾب ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‬
‫ﻻ ﺗطﺑق ﻓرط اﻟﻌزم‪ .‬وإﻻ‪ ,‬ﻗد ﺗﻧﻔﺟر اﻟﺻﺎﻣوﻟﺔ ﺑﻧﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟظروف‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻣزﯾد ﻣن اﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﯾل‪ ,‬اﻧظر دﻟﯾل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟﻣرﻓق ﻣﻊ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم أﺑداً ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد ﻣﺣﻛم اﻟﻐﻠق ﻓﻲ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ﻟﺗطﮭﯾر اﻟﮭواء‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺧﺗﻠف وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻣزﯾد ﻣن اﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﯾل‪ ,‬اﻧظر دﻟﯾل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟﻣرﻓق ﻣﻊ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫إذا ﻛﺎن ﺳﯾﺗم ﺗﻌﻠﯾق اﻟوﺣدات اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟدار‪ ,‬ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﻣﻧﺻﺔ‬ ‫‪۱‬‬
‫اﻟﻘطر اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻷﻧﺑوب‬ ‫اﻟدﻋم ﻗوﯾﺔ ﺑﺷﻛل ﻛﺎف‪ .‬ﯾﻧﺑﻐﻲ ﺗﺻﻣﯾم وﺗﺻﻧﯾﻊ اﻟﻣﻧﺻﺔ ﺑﺣﯾث‬
‫اﻟﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت‬ ‫ﻋزم اﻟرﺑط )ﻧﯾوﺗن ﻣﺗر(‬
‫اﻟﺗوﺻﯾل )ﻣم(‬ ‫اﻟﺗوﺳﯾﻊ‬ ‫ﺗﺣﺎﻓظ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗوﺗﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣدى ﻓﺗرة زﻣﻧﯾﺔ طوﯾﻠﺔ‪ ،‬وﯾﻧﺑﻐﻲ إﯾﻼء‬
‫ﻟﻸدوات ﻣﺛل ﺧرطوم اﻟﺷﺣن‪ ,‬إﻟﺦ‪ ,‬اﺳﺗﺧدم ﺗﻠك اﻟﻣﺻﻧﻌﺔ ﺣﺻرﯾﺎ ﻟﻐﺎز‬ ‫‪ ۱٤‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ۱٫٤) ۱۸‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ۱٫۸‬ﻛﺟم ﺛﻘﻠﻲ ﻣﺗر(‬ ‫‪٦٫٤‬‬ ‫‪ y‬اﻗطﻊ اﻷﻧﺑوب ﺑﻘﺎطﻊ أﻧﺑوب‪.‬‬ ‫اﻻﻋﺗﺑﺎر اﻟﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻟﺿﻣﺎن ﻋدم ﺳﻘوط اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫أزل اﻟﺣواف اﻟﺧﺷﻧﺔ ﺗﻣﺎﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪.R410A‬‬ ‫‪ ۳٤‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ۳٫٤) ٤۲‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ٤٫۲‬ﻛﺟم ﺛﻘﻠﻲ ﻣﺗر(‬
‫‪ ٤۹‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ٤٫۹) ٦۱‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ٦٫۱‬ﻛﺟم ﺛﻘﻠﻲ ﻣﺗر(‬
‫‪۹٫٥‬‬
‫‪۱۲٫۷‬‬
‫ﻗد ﺗﺳﺑب اﻟﺣواف اﻟﺧﺷﻧﺔ اﻟﻣﺗﺑﻘﯾﺔ ﺗﺳرب ﻏﺎز‪.‬‬ ‫اﺳﺗﺧدم أﻧﺑوب ﻧﺣﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺳﻣك ‪ ۰٫۸۸‬ﻣم أو أﻛﺛر‪) .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎل ﻛﺎن‬ ‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪ y‬أدﺧل ﺻﺎﻣوﻟﺔ طرف واﺳﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻷﻧﺑوب‪ ,‬وﻗم ﺑﺗوﺳﯾﻊ اﻷﻧﺑوب‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺟم اﻷﻧﺑوب ‪ ,Ø۱٥٫۹‬ﺑﺳﻣك ‪ ۱٫۰‬ﻣم أو أﻛﺛر(‬
‫ﻛﻣﯾﺔ ﻏﺎز ﺳﺎﺋل اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد اﻟﺗﻲ ﯾﺗم إﺿﺎﻓﺗﮭﺎ‬ ‫‪ ٦۳‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ٦٫۳) ۷۷‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ۷٫۷‬ﻛﺟم ﺛﻘﻠﻲ ﻣﺗر(‬ ‫‪۱٥٫۹‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‪ ,‬أﺿف ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد "‪ "R410A‬اﻟﻣﺷﺎر إﻟﯾﮫ ﻓﻲ دﻟﯾل‬ ‫‪ ۹٥‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ۹٫٥) ۱۱٥‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ۱۱٫٥‬ﻛﺟم ﺛﻘﻠﻲ ﻣﺗر(‬ ‫‪۱۹٫۱‬‬
‫ﺣﯾث أن أﺣﺟﺎم اﻟﺗوﺳﯾﻊ ﻟﻠﻐﺎز ‪ R410A‬ﺗﺧﺗﻠف ﻋن ﺗﻠك اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺎز‬
‫‪ ,R22‬ﯾوﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام أدوات اﻟﺗوﺳﯾﻊ اﻟﻣﺻﻧﻌﺔ ﺟدﯾداً ﻟﻠﻐﺎز ‪.R410A‬‬ ‫ﺗﺧﺗﻠف ﺻﺎﻣوﻟﺔ اﻟطرف اﻟواﺳﻊ وأﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﺗوﺳﯾﻊ أﯾﺿﺎ ﻋن ﺗﻠك‬ ‫‪۳‬‬
‫ﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ اﻟﻣرﻓق‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻐﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد اﻟﺗﻘﻠﯾدي‪ .‬اﺧرج ﺻﺎﻣوﻟﺔ اﻟطرف اﻟواﺳﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﻘﯾﺎس ﻟﺷﺣن ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﺣددة‪.‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫اﻟﻣﻠﺣﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟوﺣدة اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ ﻟﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪ ,‬واﺳﺗﺧدﻣﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ q‬ﻋزم اﻟرﺑط ﻟﺗوﺻﯾﻼت أﻧﺑوب اﻟطرف اﻟواﺳﻊ‬
‫اﻟﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت‬ ‫اﻟﺗوﺳﯾﻊ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫ﺿﻐط ﻏﺎز ‪ R410A‬أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣن ﺿﻐط‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧب اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫وﻣﻊ ذﻟك‪ ,‬ﯾﻣﻛن اﺳﺗﺧدام اﻷدوات اﻟﺗﻘﻠﯾدﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت‬
‫ﻏﺎز ‪.R22‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﯾؤدي ﺷﺣن ﻛﻣﯾﺔ زاﺋدة أو ﻛﻣﯾﺔ ﺿﺋﯾﻠﺔ ﺟدا ﻣن ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد إﻟﻰ ﺣدوث‬ ‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺗﻌدﯾل ھﺎﻣش اﻹﺳﻘﺎط ﻟﻸﻧﺑوب اﻟﻧﺣﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ ۱٫٦‬ﻣرة ﺗﻘرﯾﺑﺎ(‪ ,‬ﻟذا‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﻔﺗﺎح‬ ‫ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﯾﻛون أﻧﺑوب ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد طوﯾﻼً‪ ,‬زود دﻋﺎﺋم اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻧدة ﻋﻧد ﻓواﺻل‬
‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺿﺎﻏط‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋزم‪ ,‬أﺣﻛم رﺑﺎط أﺟزاء ﺗوﺻﯾل أﻧﺎﺑﯾب‬ ‫‪ ۲٫٥‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ۳‬م ﻹﺣﻛﺎم أﻧﺑوب ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‪ .‬وإﻻ‪ ,‬ﻗد ﯾﺗوﻟد ﺻوت ﻏﯾر‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد ﺑﺎﻟﻛﻣﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﺣددة‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟطرف اﻟواﺳﻊ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗوﺻل اﻟوﺣدﺗﯾن‬ ‫طﺑﯾﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﯾﻧﺑﻐﻲ أن ﯾدون اﻷﻓراد اﻟذﯾن ﯾﻘوﻣون ﺑﺷﺣن ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد طول اﻷﻧﺑوب‬ ‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ واﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ﻟﻌزم اﻟرﺑط اﻟﻣﺣدد‪.‬‬
‫وﻛﻣﯾﺔ ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗم إﺿﺎﻓﺗﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻻﺳم اﻟﻣﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟوﺣﺔ‬ ‫وﻻ ﺗﺗﺳﺑب اﻟﺗوﺻﯾﻼت ﻏﯾر اﻟﺻﺣﯾﺣﺔ‬ ‫‪ q‬ھﺎﻣش اﻹﺳﻘﺎط ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗوﺳﯾﻊ‪) B :‬اﻟوﺣدة‪ :‬ﻣم(‬
‫اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪ .‬ﻣن اﻟﺿروري اﺳﺗﻛﺷﺎف ﺧﻠل اﻟﺿﺎﻏط‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺣدوث ﺗﺳرب ﻏﺎز ﻓﻘط‪,‬‬
‫وﻋطل دور اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺗوﺳﯾﻊ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﺳﺗﺧدام اﻷداة اﻟﺗﻘﻠﯾدﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﺳﺗﺧدام أداة ‪R410A‬‬
‫اﻟﻘطر اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻟﻸﻧﺑوب‬ ‫ﺗﻧﺑﯾﮫ‬
‫وﻟﻛن ﺗﺳﺑب أﯾﺿﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣدوث ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻧﺣﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧب اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫دورة اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ۱٫٥‬إﻟﻰ ‪۲٫۰‬‬ ‫‪۹٫٥ ,٦٫٤‬‬
‫أرﺑﻊ ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﮭﻣﺔ ﯾﻧﺑﻐﻲ ﻣراﻋﺎﺗﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ أﻋﻣﺎل اﻷﻧﺎﺑﯾب‬
‫ﻓﺗﺢ اﻟﺻﻣﺎم ﺗﻣﺎﻣﺎ ً‬ ‫ﻗم ﺑﻣﺣﺎذاة ﻣراﻛز أﻧﺎﺑﯾب اﻟﺗوﺻﯾل وأﺣﻛم‬ ‫‪ ۰‬إﻟﻰ ‪۰٫٥‬‬ ‫‪ .۱‬أزل اﻟﻐﺑﺎر واﻟرطوﺑﺔ ﻣن داﺧل أﻧﺎﺑﯾب اﻟﺗوﺻﯾل‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۲٫۰‬إﻟﻰ ‪۲٫٥‬‬ ‫‪۱۹٫۱ ,۱٥٫۹ ,۱۲٫۷‬‬ ‫‪ .۲‬أﺣﻛم اﻟﺗوﺻﯾل )ﺑﯾن اﻷﻧﺎﺑﯾب واﻟوﺣدة(‬
‫اﻓﺗﺢ ﺻﻣﺎم اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ﺗﻣﺎﻣﺎ ً‪ .‬ﻣن اﻟﻣطﻠوب وﺟود ﻣﻔﺗﺎح ﺳداﺳﻲ ﻟﻔﺗﺢ‬ ‫رﺑﺎط ﺻﺎﻣوﻟﺔ اﻟطرف اﻟواﺳﻊ ﻗدر اﻹﻣﻛﺎن ﺑﺄﺻﺎﺑﻌك‪ .‬ﺛم أﺣﻛم رﺑﺎط اﻟﺻﺎﻣوﻟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺻﻣﺎم‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻣﻔﺗﺎح رﺑط وﻣﻔﺗﺎح ﻋزم دوران ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺣو اﻟﻣوﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .۳‬ﻗم ﺑﺗﻔرﯾﻎ اﻟﮭواء ﻓﻲ أﻧﺎﺑﯾب اﻟﺗوﺻﯾل ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﺿﺧﺔ ﻓراﻏﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻣزﯾد ﻣن اﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﯾل‪ ,‬اﻧظر دﻟﯾل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟﻣرﻓق ﻣﻊ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ q‬ﺣﺟم ﻗطر اﻟﺗوﺳﯾﻊ ‪) A :‬اﻟوﺣدة‪ :‬ﻣم(‬ ‫‪ .٤‬اﻓﺣص ﺗﺳرب اﻟﻐﺎز‪) .‬ﻧﻘﺎط اﻟﺗوﺻﯾل(‬
‫وﺻﻠﺔ ﻧﺻف‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻣوﻟﺔ طرف واﺳﻊ‬ ‫‪+۰‬‬
‫‪-۰٫٤‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫اﻟﻘطر اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻟﻸﻧﺑوب اﻟﻧﺣﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺣص ﺗﺳرب اﻟﻐﺎز‬
‫‪۹٫۱‬‬ ‫‪٦٫٤‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛد ﺑﺟﮭﺎز ﻛﺷف ﺗﺳرب أو ﻣﺎء ﺑﮫ ﺻﺎﺑون ﻣﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ھﻧﺎك ﺗﺳرب ﻏﺎز أم‬
‫‪۱۳٫۲‬‬ ‫‪۹٫٥‬‬
‫„ ﺣﺟم اﻷﻧﺑوب‬
‫ﻻ‪ ,‬ﻣن ﺟزء ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻷﻧﺎﺑﯾب أو ﻏطﺎء اﻟﺻﻣﺎم‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻧب ﻣﺧﯾط ﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺎ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻧب ﻣﺧﯾط داﺧﻠﯾﺎ‬
‫‪۱٦٫٦‬‬ ‫‪۱۲٫۷‬‬
‫اﻟﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت‬ ‫اﺳﺗﺧدم ﻣﻔﺗﺎح ﻟﻺﺣﻛﺎم‪.‬‬ ‫اﺳﺗﺧدم ﻣﻔﺗﺎح ﻋزم دوران ﻹﺣﻛﺎم اﻟرﺑط‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺟم اﻷﻧﺑوب )ﻣم(‬
‫‪۱۹٫۷‬‬ ‫‪۱٥٫۹‬‬ ‫اﻟطراز ‪RAV- :‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧب اﻟﺳﺎﺋل‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻧب اﻟﻐﺎز‬
‫اﺳﺗﺧدم ﺟﮭﺎز ﻛﺷف ﺗﺳرب ﻣﺻﻧﻊ ﺣﺻرﯾﺎ ﻟﻐﺎز اﻟﮭﯾدروﻓﻠوروﻛرﺑون‬ ‫‪۲٤٫۰‬‬ ‫‪۱۹٫۱‬‬
‫)‪ ,R410A, R134a‬وﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ذﻟك(‬ ‫اﻟﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت‬ ‫‪Ø٦٫٤‬‬ ‫‪Ø۱۲٫۷‬‬ ‫‪180USP‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫* ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎل اﻟﺗوﺳﯾﻊ ﻟﻐﺎز ‪ R410A‬ﺑﺄداة ﺗوﺳﯾﻊ ﺗﻘﻠﯾدﯾﺔ‪,‬‬ ‫‪300USP, 240USP,‬‬
‫ﻗد ﯾؤدي إﺣﻛﺎم اﻟرﺑط ﺑﻌزم دوران ﻣﻔرط إﻟﻰ ﻛﺳر اﻟﺻﺎﻣوﻟﺔ اﻋﺗﻣﺎدا‬ ‫‪Ø۹٫٥‬‬ ‫‪Ø۱٥٫۹‬‬
‫اﺳﺣب ﻟﻠﺧﺎرج ﺑﻣﻘدار‬ ‫‪360USP‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷروط اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪.‬‬
‫أﺣﻛم رﺑط اﻟﺻﺎﻣوﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋزم اﻟدوران اﻟرﺑط اﻟﻣﺣدد‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ۰٫٥‬ﻣم أو أﻛﺛر ﺗﻘرﯾﺑﺎ أﻛﺑر ﻣن اﻟﺗوﺳﯾﻊ ﻟﻐﺎز ‪R22‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺿﺑط ﻟﺣﺟم اﻟﺗوﺳﯾﻊ اﻟﻣﺣدد‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﯾﺎس اﻷﻧﺑوب اﻟﻧﺣﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﻔﯾد ﻟﺿﺑط ﺣﺟم ھﺎﻣش اﻹﺳﻘﺎط‪.‬‬
‫ﺗوﺻﯾل أﻧﺎﺑﯾب اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬
‫ﯾﺧﺗﻠف ﺷﻛل اﻟﺻﻣﺎم وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻣزﯾد ﻣن اﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﯾل ﺣول اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪ ,‬اﻧظر دﻟﯾل ﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪AR-۲۰‬‬ ‫‪AR-۱۹‬‬
‫– ‪– ۱۰‬‬

‫‪02_1115350113-AR.indd 10‬‬ ‫‪9/26/2559 BE 11:23 AM‬‬

 ‫– ‪– ۱۱‬‬

‫اﻟﺗوﺻﯾﻼت اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ‬ ‫‪۷‬‬ ‫ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﻌزل اﻟﺣراري‬

‫ﺿﻊ اﻟﻌزل اﻟﺣراري ﻟﻸﻧﺎﺑﯾب ﻛل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣدة ﻓﻲ ﺟﺎﻧب اﻟﺳﺎﺋل وﺟﺎﻧب اﻟﻐﺎز‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻻﺳﺗﺧدام أﻧﺑوب اﻟﻌزل اﻟﺣراري اﻟﻣرﻓق‪ ,‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻌزل اﻟﺣراري ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟزء‬
‫ﺗﺣذﯾر‬ ‫ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻷﻧﺎﺑﯾب ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎم ﺑدون وﺟود ﻓﺟوة‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬اﺳﺗﺧدم اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻣﺣددة ﻟﺗوﺻﯾل اﻟﻧﮭﺎﯾﺎت اﻟطرﻓﯾﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﻼك‪ .‬ﺛﺑﺗﮭﺎ ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎم ﻟﻣﻧﻊ اﻟﻘوى اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ اﻟﻣطﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﮭﺎﯾﺎت اﻟطرﻓﯾﺔ ﻣن اﻟﺗﺄﺛﯾر ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﮭﺎﯾﺎت‬
‫اﻟﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت‬
‫اﻟطرﻓﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗد ﯾؤدي اﻟﺗوﺻﯾل أو اﻟﺗﺛﺑﯾت ﻏﯾر اﻟﻛﺎﻣل إﻟﻰ ﺣدوث ﺣرﯾق أو ﻣﺷﺎﻛل أﺧرى‪.‬‬ ‫‪ y‬ﺿﻊ اﻟﻌزل اﻟﺣراري ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟزء ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻷﻧﺎﺑﯾب ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫‪ y‬ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻟﺳﻠك اﻷرﺿﻲ‪) .‬أﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﺗﺄرﯾض(‬ ‫ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎم ﺣﺗﻰ اﻟﻣﺻدر ﺑدون اﻟﺗﻌرض ﻟﻸﻧﺑوب‪) .‬اﻷﻧﺑوب اﻟﻣﻌرض‬
‫ﻗد ﯾﺗﺳﺑب اﻟﺗﺄرﯾض ﻏﯾر اﻟﻣﻛﺗﻣل ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﻌرض ﻟﺻدﻣﺔ ﻛﮭرﺑﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﮭواء اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﯾﺳﺑب ﺗﺳرب ﻣﺎء‪(.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘم ﺑﺗوﺻﯾل أﺳﻼك اﻷرﺿﻲ ﺑﺄﻧﺑوب اﻟﻐﺎز أو أﻧﺑوب اﻟﻣﺎء‪ ,‬أو ﺑﻣﺎﻧﻌﺔ اﻟﺻواﻋق‪ ,‬أو اﻟﺳﻠك اﻷرﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﮭﺎﺗف‪.‬‬ ‫‪ y‬ﻟف اﻟﻌﺎزل اﻟﺣراري ووﺟﮫ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ )ﺟﺎﻧب اﻟﺳﻘف(‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﯾﺟب ﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟﺟﮭﺎز وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠواﺋﺢ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟوطﻧﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗد ﯾؤدي ﻧﻘص ﻗدرة اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ أو اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب ﻏﯾر اﻟﻛﺎﻣل إﻟﻰ ﺣدوث ﺻدﻣﺔ ﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ أو ﺣرﯾق‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟف اﻷﻧﺑوب ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺎزل اﻟﺣراري اﻟﻣرﻓق ﺑدون‬
‫أي ﻓﺟوات ﺑﯾن اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﯾﮫ‬ ‫ﯾﺟب ان ﯾﻛون وﺟﮫ ﺧط اﻟﻠﺣﺎم ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫)ﺟﺎﻧب اﻟﺳﻘف(‬
‫ﻟﻣﻌرﻓﺔ ﻣواﺻﻔﺎت ﻣﺻدر اﻹﻣداد ﺑﺎﻟطﺎﻗﺔ‪ ,‬اﻧظر دﻟﯾل ﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫ﺻﺎﻣوﻟﺔ طرف واﺳﻊ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘم ﺑﺗوﺻﯾل طﺎﻗﺔ ﻗدرﺗﮭﺎ ‪ ۲٤۰ - ۲۲۰‬ﻓوﻟت ﺑﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻟﻧﮭﺎﯾﺎت اﻟطرﻓﯾﺔ ) ‪ ( A , B‬ﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ أﺳﻼك اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‪.‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫وإﻻ‪ ,‬ﺳﯾﻔﺷل اﻟﻧظﺎم‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺗﻠف أو ﺗﻛﺷط اﻟﻧواة اﻟﻣوﺻﻠﺔ أو اﻟﻌﺎزل اﻟداﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠطﺎﻗﺔ أو أﺳﻼك اﻟﺗوﺻﯾل أﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﻘﺷﯾرھﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫ﻗم ﺑﺗوﺻﯾل اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﺑﺣﯾث ﻻ ﺗﻠﻣس ﺟزء اﻷﻧﺑوب ﻋﺎﻟﻲ اﻟﺣرارة‪.‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫ﻗد ﺗذوب اﻟطﺑﻘﺔ اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ﻣﻣﺎ ﯾؤدي إﻟﻰ وﻗوع ﺣﺎدث‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘم ﺑﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﯾﻛﺗﻣل ﺗﻔرﯾﻎ أﻧﺎﺑﯾب ﻏﺎز اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‪.‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫ﻻ ﯾﻣﻛن أن ﯾﻛون ﺳﻠك ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد اﻟﺳﻠﻛﻲ وﺳﻠك ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻟﻧظﺎم ﻣﺗوازﯾﯾن ﺑﺣﯾث ﯾﻼﻣس ﻛل ﻣﻧﮭﻣﺎ اﻵﺧر وﻻ ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﺧزﯾﻧﮭﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔس اﻟﻘﻧﺎة‪ .‬ﻋﻧد‬ ‫‪y‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎزل ﺣراري ﻟﻸﻧﺑوب‬
‫اﻟﻘﯾﺎم ﺑذﻟك‪ ,‬ﻗد ﯾﺣدث ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻧظﺎم اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻧظرا ﻟﻠﺿوﺿﺎء واﻟﻌواﻣل اﻷﺧرى‪.‬‬ ‫أﻧﺑوب ﻋزل ﺣراري‬
‫وﺻﻠﺔ )ﻣﻠﺣق(‬ ‫رﺑﺎط رﺑط‬
‫)ﯾﺗم ﺷراؤه ﻣﺣﻠﯾﺎ(‬
‫„ ﻣواﺻﻔﺎت أﺳﻼك اﻟرﺑط اﻟﺑﯾﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻧظﺎم‬
‫‪ y‬ﻟﻣﻌرﻓﺔ ﻣواﺻﻔﺎت ﻣﺻدر اﻹﻣداد ﺑﺎﻟطﺎﻗﺔ‪ ,‬اﻧظر دﻟﯾل ﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪ .‬ﯾﺗم ﺗزوﯾد اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻣن اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۱٫٥ × ٤‬ﻣم‪ ²‬أو أﻛﺛر‬
‫ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ ۷۰‬م‬ ‫أﺳﻼك اﻟرﺑط اﻟﺑﯾﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻧظﺎم*‬
‫)‪ RN-F H۰۷‬أو ‪(٦٦ IEC ٦۰۲٤٥‬‬
‫*ﻋدد اﻷﺳﻼك × ﺣﺟم اﻟﺳﻠك‬

‫„ اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻷﺳﻼك‬

‫‪ y‬ﯾوﺿﺢ اﻟﺷﻛل أدﻧﺎه ﺗوﺻﯾﻼت ﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻷﺳﻼك ﺑﯾن اﻟوﺣدﺗﯾن اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ واﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ وﺑﯾن اﻟوﺣدات اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ وﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد اﻟﺳﻠﻛﻲ‪ .‬اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟﻣوﺿﺣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺧطوط اﻟﻣﻛﺳورة ﻣزودة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻣﺳﺗوى اﻟﻣﺣﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬اﻧظر اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ أﺳﻼك ﻛل ﻣن اﻟوﺣدﺗﯾن اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ واﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﯾﺗم ﺗزوﯾد اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻣن اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻧظﺎم اﻟﻔردي‬
‫ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد اﻟﺳﻠﻛﻲ‬

‫ﺷﺑﻛﺔ أﺳﻼك ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن‬

‫ﺑُﻌد اﻟﺳﻠﻛﻲ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻧب اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬

‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫أﺳﻼك اﻟرﺑط اﻟﺑﯾﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻧظﺎم*‬

‫ﺟﺎﻧب اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫اﻟﺗزوﯾد ﺑﺎﻟطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ‬

‫‪AR-۲۲‬‬ ‫‪AR-۲۱‬‬

‫‪02_1115350113-AR.indd 11‬‬ ‫‪9/26/2559 BE 11:23 AM‬‬

 ‫ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﻧﮭﺎﯾﺎت اﻟطرﻓﯾﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺗوﺻﯾل اﻟﻧظﺎم‬
‫„ ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻷﺳﻼك‬
‫‪1 2 3‬‬
‫اﻟﺟﺎﻧب ‪) D‬اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ‪ ۸٫٥ :‬ﻣم(‬

‫اﻟﺟﺎﻧب ‪) C‬اﻟﻣﺳﺎﻓﺔ‪ ٤ :‬ﻣم(‬ ‫اﻟﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻷﺳﻼك ﺑﻣﺎ ﯾﺗطﺎﺑق ﻣﻊ أرﻗﺎم اﻟﻧﮭﺎﯾﺎت اﻟطرﻓﯾﺔ‪ .‬ﯾﺳﺑب اﻟﺗوﺻﯾل ﻏﯾر اﻟﺻﺣﯾﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺣدوث ﺧطﺄ‪.‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﺗﻣرﯾر اﻷﺳﻼك ﻣن ﺧﻼل ﺟﻠﺑﺔ ﻣﻧﻔذ ﺗوﺻﯾل أﺳﻼك اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓظ ﻋﻠﻰ ھﺎﻣش )ﺣواﻟﻲ ‪ ۱۰۰‬ﻣم( ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺳﻠك ﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾق ﺻﻧدوق اﻟﺗﺣﻛم اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻷﺳﻔل ﻓﻲ اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ‪ ,‬وﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ذﻟك‪.‬‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫ﻋﺎل(‬
‫ﺗﺗوﻓر داﺋرة ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ اﻟﺟﮭد ﻟﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد اﻟﺳﻠﻛﻲ‪) .‬ﻻ ﺗوﺻل داﺋرة ﺟﮭد ٍ‬ ‫‪y‬‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﻧﮭﺎﯾﺎت‬ ‫اﺧﺗر اﻟﺟﺎﻧب ‪ C‬أو ‪ D‬ﻟﻣوﻗﻊ ﺗﺷﺑﯾك ﺳﻠك ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻟﻧظﺎم ﺑﺎﻟرﺟوع إﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻟطرﻓﯾﺔ ﻟﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‬
‫ﻋن ﺑُﻌد اﻟﺳﻠﻛﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺟدول اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻧوع وﻗطر اﻟﺳﻠك‪.‬‬
‫* ﯾﻣﻛن إرﻓﺎق ﻣﺷﺑك اﻟﻛﺎﺑل ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺟﺎﻧب اﻷﯾﻣن أو اﻷﯾﺳر‪.‬‬ ‫ازل ﻏطﺎء ﺻﻧدوق اﻟﺗﺣﻛم اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻔك ﺑراﻏﻲ اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾق ) ﻣوﺿﻌﯾن( ودﻓﻊ ﺟزء اﻟﺧطﺎف‪) .‬ﯾظل ﻏطﺎء ﺻﻧدوق اﻟﺗﺣﻛم اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺎ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫‪۱‬‬
‫اﻟﻣﻔﺻﻠﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻣوﺿﻊ ﻣﺷﺑك اﻟﻛﺎﺑل‬ ‫اﻟﻣواﺻﻔﺎت‬ ‫ﻧوع اﻟﺳﻠك‬

‫‪A‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫اﻟﺟﺎﻧب ‪D‬‬
‫ﺳﻠك رﺑﺎﻋﻲ اﻟﻧواة‬
‫ﻧوع اﻟﺳﻠك‬ ‫ﻗم ﺑﺗوﺻﯾل أﺳﻼك اﻟرﺑط اﻟﺑﯾﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻧظﺎم ﺑﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﻧﮭﺎﯾﺎت اﻟطرﻓﯾﺔ ﻟﺻﻧدوق اﻟﺗﺣﻛم اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪ ۲٫٥‬ﻣم‬

‫اﻟﺟﺎﻧب ‪C‬‬
‫ﺳﻠك رﺑﺎﻋﻲ اﻟﻧواة‬
‫ﻧوع اﻟﺳﻠك‬
‫أﺣﻛم ﺑراﻏﻲ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﻧﮭﺎﯾﺎت اﻟطرﻓﯾﺔ‪ ,‬وﻗم ﺑﺗﺛﺑﯾت اﻷﺳﻼك ﺑﻣﺷﺑك اﻟﻛﺎﺑل اﻟﻣرﻓق ﻣﻊ ﺻﻧدوق اﻟﺗﺣﻛم اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪ ۱٫٥‬ﻣم‬ ‫)ﻻ ﺗﻛن ﻣﺗوﺗرا أﺛﻧﺎء ﺗوﺻﯾل ﺟزء ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﻧﮭﺎﯾﺎت اﻟطرﻓﯾﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺷﺑك اﻟﺳﻠك‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﺎدة اﻟﻌزل اﻟﺣراري اﻟﻣرﻓﻘﺔ‪ ,‬ﻗم ﺑﺳد ﻣﻧﻔذ ﺗوﺻﯾل اﻷﻧﺎﺑﯾب‪ .‬وإﻻ‪ ,‬ﻗد ﯾﺗﻛون ﻧدى‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻋﻠق ﻏطﺎء ﺻﻧدوق اﻟﺗﺣﻛم اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑدون أﺳﻼك اﻟﺷذب‪.‬‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫)ﻋﻠق اﻟﻐطﺎء ﺑﻌد ﺗرﻛﯾب اﻷﺳﻼك ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف‪(.‬‬
‫‪L N‬‬
‫‪۱۰‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪۱1 ۲2 3۳‬‬
‫‪۱۰‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‚ اﻟﻌزل اﻟﺣراري ﻟﻣﻧﻔذ ﺗوﺻﯾل‬
‫اﻷﺳﻼك‬
‫‪۷۰‬‬
‫‪70‬‬
‫‪٥۰‬‬
‫‪50‬‬

‫اﻟﺳﻠك اﻷرﺿﻲ‬

‫ﺳطﺢ ﻻﺻق‬
‫ﺳﻠك ﺗوﺻﯾل‬ ‫ﻣوﺿﻌﻲ ﺑراﻏﻲ‬

‫ﻣﻔﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻣوﺻل ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ‬
‫)‪ :CN٥۱۰‬أﺑﯾض(‬
‫„ اﻷﺳﻼك ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف‬ ‫ﺟزء ﻣﺳﻧن‬

‫وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟدﻟﯾل ﺗرﻛﯾب ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف‪ ،‬أرﺑط أﺳﻼك وﺣدة اﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل اﻹﺷﺎرة ﺑـ ‪ CN۲۱٤‬و‪ CN٦۰‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻧدوق اﻟﺗﺣﻛم اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪AR-۲٤‬‬ ‫‪AR-۲۳‬‬
‫– ‪– ۱۲‬‬

‫‪02_1115350113-AR.indd 12‬‬ ‫‪9/26/2559 BE 11:23 AM‬‬

 ‫– ‪– ۱۳‬‬

‫أﺟﮭزة اﻟﺗﺣﻛم اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺗطﺑﯾق‬ ‫‪۸‬‬ ‫„ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ أﺳﻼك ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ُﺑﻌد اﻟﺳﻠﻛﻲ )ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﯾﺗم ﺗرﻛﯾب ﺟﮭﺎز ﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ُﺑﻌد ﺳﻠﻛﻲ(‬
‫ﻣن اﻟﻣطﻠوب وﺟود ﺟﮭﺎز ﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد ﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﻷﺟﮭزة اﻟﺗﺣﻛم اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺗطﺑﯾق‪.‬‬ ‫‪ y‬ﻟﻣزﯾد ﻣن اﻟﺗﻔﺎﺻﯾل ﺣول ﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻷﺳﻼك ‪ /‬ﺗرﻛﯾب ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‪ ,‬اﻧظر دﻟﯾل اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟﻣرﻓق ﻣﻊ ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‪.‬‬
‫ﻗم ﺑﺷراء ﺟﮭﺎز ﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد ﺳﻠﻛﻲ )ﯾُﺑﺎع ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣدة(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺑﻛﺔ أﺳﻼك ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‪ ,‬وﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻹﺳﻼك داﺧل اﻟوﺣدة ﻟﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺣﺟم اﻟﺳﻠك‪ ۰٫٥ × ۲ :‬إﻟﻰ ‪ ۲٫۰‬ﻣم‬
‫ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‬
‫„ ﺗﻐﯾﯾر إﻋدادات أﺟﮭزة اﻟﺗﺣﻛم اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺗطﺑﯾق‬ ‫اﻟﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت‬
‫‪ y‬ﻋﻧد اﺳﺗﺧدام ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ھذا ﻷول ﻣرة‪ ،‬ﯾﺳﺗﻐرق ﺗﻘرﯾﺑﺎ ‪ ٥‬دﻗﺎﺋق‬ ‫ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ ٥۰۰‬م‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎل اﻟﻧوع اﻟﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﻓﻘط‬ ‫إﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ طول ﺳﻠك ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد وﺷﺑﻛﺔ أﺳﻼك داﺧل اﻟوﺣدة ﻟﺟﮭﺎز‬
‫اﻹﺟراء اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻹﻋدادات‬ ‫اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد = ‪Ln … + L۲ + L۱ + L‬‬
‫ﻗم ﺑﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻹﻋدادات أﺛﻧﺎء ﻋدم ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺗﻰ ﯾﺻﺑﺢ ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺎ ﺑﻌد ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ ٤۰۰‬م‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎل اﻟﻧوع اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ اﻟﻣدﻣﺞ‬
‫)ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن إﯾﻘﺎف ﻣﺷﻐل اﻟﮭواء ﻗﺑل ﺿﺑط اﻹﻋدادات‪(.‬‬ ‫ھذا أﻣر طﺑﯾﻌﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺗﻰ ‪ ۲۰۰‬م‬ ‫إﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ طول ﺷﺑﻛﺔ أﺳﻼك داﺧل اﻟوﺣدة ﻟﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد = ‪Ln … + L۲ + L۱‬‬
‫>ﻋﻧد ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ ﻷول ﻣرة ﺑﻌد اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب<‬
‫ﯾﺳﺗﻐرق ﺣواﻟﻲ ‪ ٥‬دﻗﺎﺋق ﺣﺗﻰ ﯾﺻﺑﺢ ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟرﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻷﺳﻼك‬
‫ﺣواﻟﻲ ‪ ٥‬دﻗﺎﺋق‬
‫‪1۱‬‬ ‫وﺣدة ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‬ ‫ﯾطﻔﺊ‬ ‫ﯾوﻣض‬ ‫ﺗﺷﻐﯾل‬
‫ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﻧﮭﺎﯾﺎت اﻟطرﻓﯾﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ أﺳﻼك ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‬ ‫ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﻧﮭﺎﯾﺎت اﻟطرﻓﯾﺔ‬
‫‪3۳‬‬ ‫ﻋن ﺑُﻌد ﻣﺗﺎح‬ ‫"‪"SETTING‬‬ ‫"‪"SETTING‬‬ ‫اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﻋن ﺑُﻌد ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫)اﻹﻋداد(‬ ‫)اﻹﻋداد(‬

‫‪4٤‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫وﺣدة ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‬
‫ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‬
‫>ﻋﻧد ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﻣرة اﻟﺛﺎﻧﯾﺔ )أو ﺑﻌد ذﻟك(<‬
‫‪6٦‬‬ ‫ﯾﺳﺗﻐرق ﺣواﻟﻲ ‪ ۱‬دﻗﯾﻘﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﯾﺻﺑﺢ ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻠك ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‬
‫)ﯾﺗم ﺷراؤه ﻣﺣﻠﯾﺎ(‬
‫ﺣواﻟﻲ ‪ ۱‬دﻗﺎﺋق‬

‫‪1۱ 5‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬ ‫‪2۲‬‬ ‫وﺣدة ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‬ ‫ﯾطﻔﺊ‬ ‫ﯾوﻣض‬ ‫ﺗﺷﻐﯾل‬ ‫ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‬
‫ﻋن ﺑُﻌد ﻣﺗﺎح‬ ‫"‪"SETTING‬‬ ‫"‪"SETTING‬‬ ‫اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫)اﻹﻋداد(‬ ‫)اﻹﻋداد(‬
‫اﻹﺟراء ‪۱‬‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫ﺛوان أو أﻛﺛر‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎ ﻟﻣدة ‪٤‬‬ ‫وزر ﺿﺑط درﺟﺔ اﻟﺣرارة‬ ‫اﺿﻐط زر‬
‫ﺑﻌد ﻓﺗرة وﺟﯾزة‪ ,‬ﺗوﻣض اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺣو اﻟﻣوﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺷﻛل أدﻧﺎه‪.‬‬ ‫‪ y‬ﺗم ﺿﺑط اﻹﻋدادات اﻟﻌﺎدﯾﺔ ﻋﻧد ﺷﺣن اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻣن اﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺑﻛﺔ أﺳﻼك‬ ‫‪L‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن أن رﻗم اﻟرﻣز ھو ]‪.[01‬‬ ‫ﻗم ﺑﺗﻐﯾﯾر إﻋدادات اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﺣﺳﺑﻣﺎ ﯾﻛون ﻣطﻠوﺑﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن‬
‫‪L1‬‬ ‫‪L2‬‬ ‫‪Ln‬‬
‫ﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﻣﺣﺗوى اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪,‬‬ ‫‪ y‬إذا ﻛﺎن رﻗم اﻟرﻣز ﻟﯾس ]‪ ,[01‬اﺿﻐط اﻟزر‬ ‫‪ y‬اﺳﺗﺧدم ﺟﮭﺎز ﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد ﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻹﻋدادات‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑُﻌد اﻟﺳﻠﻛﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺑﻛﺔ أﺳﻼك داﺧل اﻟوﺣدة ﻟﺟﮭﺎز‬ ‫)ﺑﺣد أﻗﺻﻰ ‪ ۸‬وﺣدات(‬
‫وﻛرر اﻹﺟراء ﻣن اﻟﺑداﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫* ﻻ ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻹﻋدادات ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑﻌد‬ ‫ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‬ ‫اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد اﻟﺳﻠﻛﻲ‬
‫)ﻟن ﯾﻘﺑل ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﻟﺑرھﺔ ﻣن اﻟزﻣن ﺑﻌد اﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ‪ ,‬او ﺟﮭﺎز ﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑﻌد ﺛﺎﻧوي‪ ,‬أو ﻧظﺎم ﻋدم ﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن‬ ‫ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‬
‫(‪.‬‬ ‫زر‬ ‫ﺑُﻌد )ﻷﺟﮭزة اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد اﻟﻣرﻛزﯾﺔ ﻓﻘط(‪ .‬ﻟذا‪ ,‬ﻗم ﺑﺗرﻛﯾب‬ ‫اﻟﺳﻠﻛﻲ‬
‫ﺟﮭﺎز ﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد ﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻹﻋدادات‪.‬‬

‫)* ﯾﺗﻧوع ﻣﺣﺗوى اﻟﻌرض ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬

‫ﺣﺳب طراز اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪(.‬‬

‫‪AR-۲٦‬‬ ‫‪AR-۲٥‬‬

‫‪02_1115350113-AR.indd 13‬‬ ‫‪9/26/2559 BE 11:24 AM‬‬

 ‫ﻟﻔﺣص اﻹﻋدادات‪.‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐط زر‬ ‫‪٥‬‬ ‫„ إﻋداد ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻣرﺷﺢ‬ ‫„ ﺗرﻛﯾب اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻘف ﻣرﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫ﺗﺗﻐﯾر أرﻗﺎم اﻟوﺣدات اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻹﺟراء ‪۲‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛل ﻣرة ﺗﺿﻐط ﻓﯾﮭﺎ اﻟزر‬
‫ﺗﺗﻐﯾر ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌرض ﻣن وﻣﯾض إﻟﻰ ﻣﺿﯾﺊ‪ ,‬وﺗﺛﺑت‬
‫وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪ ,‬ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﻐﯾﯾر وﻗت إﺿﺎءة ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻣرﺷﺢ )إﺧطﺎر ﺗﻧظﯾف‬ ‫ﻋﻧد ﺗرﻛﯾب وﺣدة داﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻘف أﻋﻠﻰ ﻣن اﻻرﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﻘﯾﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬أﺟري إﻋداد‬ ‫ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﺑﺷﻛل داﺋري‪ .‬اﺧﺗر اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗرﯾد ﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻹﻋدادات‬
‫اﻹﻋدادات‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻣرﺷﺢ(‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺳﻘف اﻟﻣرﺗﻔﻊ ﻟﺿﺑط ﺳرﻋﺔ اﻟﻣروﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﮭﺎء اﻹﻋدادات‪.‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐط زر‬ ‫‪٦‬‬ ‫اﺗﺑﻊ إﺟراء اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫)‪.(٦ → ٥ → ٤ → ۳ → ۲ → ۱‬‬
‫اﺗﺑﻊ إﺟراء اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫)‪.(٦ ← ٥ ← ٤ ← ۳ ← ۲ ← ۱‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻣل ﻣروﺣﺔ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﻣﺧﺗﺎرة وﯾﺑدأ ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺄرﺟﺢ‪ .‬ﯾﻣﻛﻧك ﺗﺄﻛﯾد‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺗرﯾد ﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻹﻋدادات ﻟﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﯾﺗم اﺧﺗﯾﺎر ﻣوﺿﻊ ﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﮭواء اﻟﺑﺎرد ‪ ,‬ﯾﻘل ﺗﻠوث اﻟﺳﻘف ﺟداً‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻣﻌرﻓﺔ رﻗم اﻟرﻣز ﻓﻲ اﻹﺟراء ‪ ,۳‬ﺣدد ]‪.[01‬‬ ‫‪ y‬ﻟﻣﻌرﻓﺔ رﻗم اﻟرﻣز ﻓﻲ اﻹﺟراء ‪ ,۳‬ﺣدد ]‪.[5d‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟـ ]‪) [SET DATA‬ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺿﺑط( ﻓﻲ اﻹﺟراء ‪ ٤‬اﺧﺗر ‪SET‬‬ ‫‪ y‬اﺧر ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻹﻋداد ﻟﻺﺟراء ‪ ٤‬ﻣن ﺟدول "ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻟﺳﻘف اﻟﻣﻣﻛن‬
‫„ ﻧوع اﻟﺗﺄرﺟﺢ‬ ‫‪) DATA‬ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺿﺑط( ﻟﻣﻌرﻓﺔ وﻗت إﺿﺎءة ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻣرﺷﺢ ﻣن اﻟﺟدول‬ ‫ﺗرﻛﯾﺑﮫ" ﻓﻲ ھذا اﻟدﻟﯾل‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛوان أو أﻛﺛر ﻋﻧد ﻋدم ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﻣﻛﯾف‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻟﻣدة ‪٤‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐط‬ ‫‪۱‬‬ ‫وﻗت إﺿﺎءة ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻣرﺷﺢ‬ ‫ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺿﺑط‬
‫إﻋداد أﻗل ﻟﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‬
‫اﻟﮭواء‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗم ﺑﺗﻐﯾﯾر إﻋداد اﻟﺳﻘف اﻟﻣرﺗﻔﻊ ﺑﻣﻔﺗﺎح ‪ DIP‬ﻓﻲ ﺟزء اﻟﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑل ﻟﻠوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة‬
‫ﻻ ﯾوﺟد‬ ‫‪0000‬‬ ‫اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻹﺟراء ‪۳‬‬
‫ﯾوﻣض‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ,‬ﺣدد رﻗم اﻟرﻣز‬ ‫‪/‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام أزرار إﻋداد درﺟﺔ اﻟﺣرارة‬
‫ﯾوﺿﺢ رﻗم اﻟرﻣز "‪"F0‬‬ ‫‪ ۱٥۰‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪0001‬‬ ‫ﯾﻣﻛن أﯾﺿﺎ ﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻹﻋدادات ﺑﺎﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎح اﻟﻣوﺟود ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ‬
‫[‪.‬‬ ‫]‬
‫‪ ۲٥۰۰‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ )ﺿﺑط اﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ(‬ ‫‪0002‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر اﻟدﻗﯾق ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)اﻟﺟﺎﻧب‬ ‫اﺧﺗر وﺣدة داﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻟﺿﺑطﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زر‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫‪ ٥۰۰۰‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪0003‬‬ ‫* ﺑﻣﺟرد ﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻹﻋداد‪ ،‬ﯾﻛون اﻹﻋداد ﻟﻠرﻣز ‪ ۰۰۰۱‬أو ‪ ۰۰۰۳‬ﻣﻣﻛن‪ ،‬وﻟﻛن‬ ‫اﻹﺟراء ‪٤‬‬
‫اﻷﯾﺳر ﻣن اﻟزر(‪.‬‬ ‫اﻹﻋداد ﻟﻠرﻣز ‪ ۰۰۰۰‬ﯾﺗطﻠب ﺗﻐﯾﯾرا ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻹﻋداد إﻟﻰ ‪ ۰۰۰۰‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام‬ ‫‪ ,‬اﺧﺗر ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺿﺑط‬ ‫‪/‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام أزرار وﻗت اﻟﻣؤﻗت‬
‫‪ ۱۰۰۰۰‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪0004‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛل ﻣرة ﺗﺿﻐط ﻓﯾﮭﺎ ھذا اﻟزر‪ ,‬ﺗﺗﻐﯾر أرﻗﺎم اﻟوﺣدات ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺣو‬ ‫وﺣدة اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد اﻟﺳﻠﻛﯾﺔ )ﺗﺑﺎع ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣدة( ﻣﻊ إﻋداد اﻟﻣﻔﺗﺎح اﻟﻌﺎدي‬ ‫[‪.‬‬ ‫]‬
‫اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫)اﻟوﺿﻊ اﻻﻓﺗراﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻣﺻﻧﻊ(‪.‬‬
‫„ اﺗﺟﺎه اﻟرﯾﺢ اﻷﻓﻘﻲ‬ ‫اﻹﺟراء ‪٥‬‬
‫رﻗم اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫رﻗم اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫رﻗم اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫‪ .‬ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﯾﺗﻐﯾر اﻟﻌرض ﻣن وﻣﯾض إﻟﻰ ﻣﺿﻲء‪ ,‬ﻓﺈن اﻹﻋداد‬ ‫اﺿﻐط زر‬
‫‪۳-۱‬‬ ‫‪۲-۱‬‬ ‫‪۱-۱‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬

‫‪L401‬‬
‫ﻗد اﻛﺗﻣل‪.‬‬
‫‪C08‬‬
‫‪T01‬‬

‫‪CN10‬‬
‫‪CN41‬‬
‫)درﺟﺔ اﻟﺣرارة( ﻟﻣدة‬ ‫وﻣﻔﺗﺎح‬ ‫اﺿﻐط ﻣﻔﺗﺎح‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫‪ y‬ﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾر إﻋدادات وﺣدة داﺧﻠﯾﺔ أﺧرى‪ ,‬ﻛرر ﻣن اﻹﺟراء ‪.۲‬‬

‫‪DB01‬‬
‫ﺛوان أو أﻛﺛر ﻋﻧد ﻋدم ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪.‬‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪N‬‬

‫‪CN100‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫‪CN34‬‬
‫رﻗم اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫ﻟﯾس‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫‪SW501‬‬
‫‪CN22‬‬

‫‪CN102‬‬

‫‪SG01‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾر إﻋدادات اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﺧﺗﺎرة‪ ,‬ﻛرر ﻣن اﻹﺟراء ‪.۳‬‬

‫‪F01‬‬
‫‪IC503‬‬
‫‪CN101‬‬

‫‪WHI P02‬‬
‫‪٤-۱‬‬ ‫ھﻧﺎك ﻋرض‬

‫‪IC501‬‬
‫ﯾوﻣض‪.‬‬

‫‪RED‬‬
‫‪CN104‬‬

‫‪CR01‬‬
‫‪CN214‬‬

‫ﻟﻣﺳﺢ اﻹﻋدادات‪.‬‬ ‫اﺳﺗﺧدم زر‬

‫‪CN61‬‬

‫‪CN339‬‬
‫‪CN210‬‬

‫‪R02‬‬
‫‪CN521‬‬

‫ﯾﺷﯾر إﻟﻰ رﻗم اﻟرﻣز "‪"01‬‬

‫‪CN20‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﻣل ﻣروﺣﺔ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﻣﺧﺗﺎرة وﯾﺑدأ ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺄرﺟﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪RED‬‬

‫‪WHI‬‬

‫‪BLK‬‬
‫‪ ,‬ﻛرر ﻣن اﻹﺟراء ‪.۲‬‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻣل إﻋدادات ﺑﻌد اﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زر‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫اﺧﺗر ﻧوع اﻟﺗﺄرﺟﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ أزرار اﻟوﻗت‬ ‫‪۳‬‬ ‫)اﻟﺟﺎﻧب‬ ‫اﺧﺗر وﺣدة داﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻟﺿﺑطﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زر‬ ‫‪۲‬‬
‫اﻷﯾﺳر ﻣن اﻟزر(‪.‬‬ ‫اﻹﺟراء ‪٦‬‬
‫ﯾﺗﻐﯾر رﻗم اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛل ﻣرة ﺗﺿﻐط ﻓﯾﮭﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟزر‪.‬‬ ‫‪SW501-2‬‬ ‫ﻟﺗﺣدﯾد اﻹﻋدادات‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻧد إﻛﻣﺎل اﻹﻋدادات‪ ,‬اﺿﻐط زر‬
‫‪SW501-1‬‬ ‫ﺗوﻣض ﻛﻠﻣﺔ "‪) "SETTING‬اﻹﻋدادات(‪ ,‬ﺛم‬ ‫ﻋﻧد اﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زر‬
‫رﻗم اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫رﻗم اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫رﻗم اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫ﯾﺧﺗﻔﻲ ﻣﺣﺗوى اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ وﯾدﺧل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء وﺿﻊ اﻹﯾﻘﺎف اﻟطﺑﯾﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫)‪MCU(IC501‬‬
‫‪۳-۱‬‬ ‫‪۲-۱‬‬ ‫‪۱-۱‬‬
‫)ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﺗوﻣض ﻛﻠﻣﺔ "‪) "SETTING‬اﻹﻋدادات(‪ ,‬ﻟن ﯾﻘﺑل أي ﻋﻣﻠﯾﺔ ﻣن‬
‫ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد(‬
‫رﻗم اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫ﻟﯾس‬
‫‪٤-۱‬‬ ‫ھﻧﺎك ﻋرض‬ ‫‪SW501-2‬‬ ‫‪SW501-1‬‬ ‫ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺿﺑط‬
‫ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﺿﺑط اﻟﺗﺄرﺟﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻣل ﻣروﺣﺔ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﻣﺧﺗﺎرة وﯾﺑدأ ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺄرﺟﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪0000‬‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف‬ ‫إﯾﻘﺎف‬
‫)ﺿﺑط اﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ(‬
‫ﺗﺄرﺟﺢ ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﺿﺑط اﻟﺗﺄرﺟﺢ‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻐﯾﯾر رﻗم اﻟرﻣز إﻟﻰ "‪ ,"45‬ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زر‬ ‫‪۳‬‬ ‫إﯾﻘﺎف‬ ‫ﺗﺷﻐﯾل‬ ‫‪0001‬‬
‫اﻟﺗﺄرﺟﺢ اﻟﻘﯾﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫)ﺿﺑط اﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ(‬
‫‪0001‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫اﺧﺗر ﺿﺑط اﺗﺟﺎه اﻟرﯾﺎح ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زري‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫ﺗﺷﻐﯾل‬ ‫إﯾﻘﺎف‬ ‫‪0003‬‬

‫اﻟﺗﺄرﺟﺢ اﻟﻣزدوج‬ ‫‪0002‬‬

‫اﻟﺗﺄرﺟﺢ اﻟداﺋري‬ ‫‪0003‬‬ ‫ﺿﺑط اﺗﺟﺎه اﻟرﯾﺢ‬ ‫رﻣز ﺿﺑط اﺗﺟﺎه اﻟرﯾﺢ‬ ‫‹ ﻻﺳﺗﻌﺎدة اﻹﻋدادات اﻻﻓﺗراﺿﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺻﻧﻊ‬
‫ﻣوﺿﻊ ﺗﺧﻔﯾض اﻟﺿﺑﺎب‬ ‫ﻹﻋﺎدة إﻋدادات ﻣﻔﺗﺎح ‪ DIP‬إﻟﻰ اﻹﻋدادات اﻻﻓﺗراﺿﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻣﺻﻧﻊ‪ ,‬اﺿﺑط‬
‫‪0000‬‬
‫)اﺗﺟﺎه اﻟرﯾﺢ ﻟﺗﻘﻠﯾل ﺗﻠوث اﻟﺳﻘف(‬ ‫‪ SW501-1‬و ‪ SW501-2‬ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) OFF‬إﯾﻘﺎف(‪ ,‬وﻗم ﺑﺗوﺻﯾل ﺟﮭﺎز‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﯾﮫ‬ ‫ﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد ﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﯾﺑﺎع ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣدة‪ ,‬ﺛم اﺿﺑط ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت رﻗم اﻟرﻣز ]‪ [5d‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣوﺿﻊ اﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﮭواﺋﻲ اﻟﺑﺎرد‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺿﺑط ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﺿﺑط اﻟﺗﺄرﺟﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ "‪."0000‬‬ ‫)اﺗﺟﺎه اﻟﮭواء ﻟﻠﺗﺣﻛم ﻓﻲ ﺳﻘوط اﻟﮭواء اﻟﺑﺎرد(‬ ‫‪0002‬‬ ‫"‪."۰۰۰۰‬‬
‫)ﻗد ﺗﺳﺑب ھذه اﻹﻋدادات ﻋطل ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ(‬ ‫]ﺿﺑط اﻟﻣﺻﻧﻊ[‬

‫‪AR-۲۸‬‬ ‫‪AR-۲۷‬‬
‫– ‪– ۱٤‬‬

‫‪02_1115350113-AR.indd 14‬‬ ‫‪9/26/2559 BE 11:24 AM‬‬

 ‫– ‪– ۱٥‬‬

‫ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫„ إﻟﻐﺎء ﻗﻔل ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ‬ ‫„ ﻗﻔل ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ )ﻋدم اﻟﺗﺄرﺟﺢ(‬ ‫‪ y‬ﺣول "اﻟﺗﺄرﺟﺢ اﻟﻣزدوج"‬
‫"ﻣزدوج" ﯾﻌﻧﻲ أن ﺷﻘﻲ اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ ‪ ۰۱‬و ‪ ۰۳‬ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺟﯾﮭﮭﻣﺎ وﺗﺄرﺟﺣﮭﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت‬ ‫رﻗم اﻟرﻣز‬
‫اﺗﺟﺎه واﺣد وﺷﻘﻲ اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ ‪ ۰۲‬و ‪ ۰٤‬ﺗم ﺗوﺟﯾﮭﮭﻣﺎ وﺗﺄرﺟﺣﮭﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺗﺟﺎه‬
‫درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة اﻟﻐرﻓﺔ )ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد(‬ ‫‪01‬‬
‫اﺿﺑط اﺗﺟﺎه اﻟرﯾﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ”‪ “0000‬ﻹﺟراء إﻋداد ﻗﻔل ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ أﻋﻼه‪.‬‬
‫ﺛوان أو أﻛﺛر‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫)اﻟﺟﺎﻧب اﻷﯾﻣن ﻣن اﻟزر( ﻟﻣدة ‪٤‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐط‬ ‫‪۱‬‬ ‫اﻵﺧر‪.‬‬
‫درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة اﻟﮭواء اﻟداﺧل ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ )‪(TA‬‬ ‫‪02‬‬ ‫ﻋﻧد ﻋدم ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪.‬‬ ‫)ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﯾﺗم ﺗوﺟﯾﮫ ﺷﻘﻲ اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ ‪ ۰۱‬و ‪ ۰۳‬ﻷﺳﻔل‪ ,‬وﯾﺗم ﺗوﺟﯾﮫ ﺷﻘﻲ اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ‬
‫درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة اﻟﻣﺑﺎدل اﻟﺣراري )اﻟﻣﻠف( ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫ﯾوﻣض‪.‬‬ ‫‪ ۰۲‬و ‪ ۰٤‬ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪(.‬‬
‫‪03‬‬
‫)‪(TCJ‬‬ ‫ﯾوﺿﺢ رﻗم اﻟرﻣز "‪"F1‬‬ ‫‪ y‬ﺣول "اﻟﺗﺄرﺟﺢ اﻟداﺋري"‬
‫درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة اﻟﻣﺑﺎدل اﻟﺣراري )اﻟﻣﻠف( ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫)‪(TC‬‬
‫‪04‬‬ ‫)اﻟﺟﺎﻧب‬ ‫اﺧﺗر وﺣدة داﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻟﺿﺑطﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زر‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫ﯾﺗﺄرﺟﺢ ﺷﻘوق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ اﻷرﺑﻊ ﺑﺷﻛل ﻣﺳﺗﻘل ﻓﻲ ﺗوﻗﯾﺗﺎت ﻣﺣددة‪.‬‬

‫إﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﺎﻋﺎت اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﻟﻣروﺣﺔ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺿﺑط‬ ‫اﻷﯾﺳر ﻣن اﻟزر(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻧدوق اﻟﺗﺣﻛم اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪F2‬‬
‫‪0000‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻛل ﻣرة ﺗﺿﻐط ﻓﯾﮭﺎ ھذا اﻟزر‪ ,‬ﺗﺗﻐﯾر أرﻗﺎم اﻟوﺣدات ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺣو‬
‫)‪ x۱۰۰‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ(‬
‫إﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﺎﻋﺎت ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻣرﺷﺢ )‪ x۱‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ(‬ ‫‪F3‬‬ ‫ﯾﻧطﻔﻲء‪.‬‬ ‫‪ y‬ﻋﻧد إﻟﻐﺎء اﻹﻋداد‪ ,‬ﻓﺈن‬ ‫اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫‪۰۳‬‬
‫‪03‬‬
‫ﺗﻛون اﻟﻌﻣﻠﯾﺎت اﻷﺧرى ﻧﻔس ﺗﻠك اﻟواردة ﻓﻲ "ﻗﻔل ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ )ﻋدم‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻣل ﻣروﺣﺔ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﻣﺧﺗﺎرة وﯾﺑدأ ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺄرﺟﺢ‪.‬‬
‫درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة اﻟﮭواء اﻟﻣﻔرغ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫‪F8‬‬
‫اﻟﺗﺄرﺟﺢ("‬ ‫أﻧوب ﻏﺎز‬
‫رﻗم اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫رﻗم اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫رﻗم اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‬
‫‪۳-۱‬‬ ‫‪۲-۱‬‬ ‫‪۱-۱‬‬
‫ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬
‫اﺳم اﻟﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت‬ ‫رﻗم اﻟرﻣز‬ ‫„ وظﯾﻔﺔ ﻣراﻗﺑﺔ ﻣﻔﺗﺎح ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ُﺑﻌد‬
‫رﻗم اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة اﻟﻣﺑﺎدل اﻟﺣراري )اﻟﻣﻠف( ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫اﻟﺳﻠﻛﻲ‬ ‫‪٤-۱‬‬ ‫‪۰٤‬‬
‫‪04‬‬ ‫‪۰۲‬‬
‫‪02‬‬
‫)‪(TE‬‬
‫درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة اﻟﮭواء اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻲ )‪(TO‬‬ ‫‪61‬‬ ‫ھذه اﻟوظﯾﻔﺔ ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺔ ﻟطﻠب وﺿﻊ ﻣراﻗﺑﺔ اﻟﺧدﻣﺔ ﻣن ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‬ ‫اﺧﺗر ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ اﻟذي ﺗرﯾد ﻗﻔﻠﮫ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زري ‪TEMP‬‬ ‫‪۳‬‬
‫اﻟﺳﻠﻛﻲ أﺛﻧﺎء إﺟراء اﻻﺧﺗﺑﺎر ﻻﻛﺗﺳﺎب درﺟﺎت ﺣرارة ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌرات ﺟﮭﺎز‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫)درﺟﺔ اﻟﺣرارة(‬
‫درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة اﻟﮭواء اﻟﻣﻔرغ ﻣن اﻟﺿﺎﻏط )‪(TD‬‬ ‫‪62‬‬ ‫أﻧﺑوب اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‬
‫اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد اﻟﺳﻠﻛﻲ‪ ,‬واﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪ ,‬واﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة اﻟﮭواء اﻟداﺧل إﻟﻰ اﻟﺿﺎﻏط )‪(TS‬‬ ‫‪63‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫اﺧﺗر اﺗﺟﺎه رﯾﺎح ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ اﻟذي ﻻ ﺗرﯾد ﺗﺄرﺟﺣﮫ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫—‬ ‫‪64‬‬ ‫ﺛوان أو‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔس اﻟوﻗت ﻟﻣدة ‪٤‬‬ ‫و‬ ‫اﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟزرﯾن‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫زري ‪) TIME‬اﻟوﻗت(‬
‫أﻛﺛر ﻟطﻠب وﺿﻊ ﻣراﻗﺑﺔ اﻟﺧدﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة اﻟﻣﺷﺗت اﻟﺣراري )‪(THS‬‬ ‫‪65‬‬
‫ﯾﺿﻲء ﻣؤﺷر ﻣراﻗﺑﺔ اﻟﺧدﻣﺔ وﯾﺗم ﻋرض رﻗم ﻣﺷﻌب اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫‪۰۱‬‬
‫‪01‬‬
‫اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﺣﺎﻟﻲ )‪(۱۰/x۱‬‬ ‫‪6A‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ أوﻻ‪ .‬ﯾﺗم ﻋرض رﻗم اﻟرﻣز‬
‫إﺟﻣﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﺎﻋﺎت ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﺿﺎﻏط )‪ x۱۰۰‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ(‬ ‫‪F1‬‬
‫‪ ,‬واﺧﺗﺎر‬ ‫اﺿﻐط ﻣﻔﺗﺎﺣﻲ ‪) .TEMP‬درﺟﺔ اﻟﺣرارة(‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫)‪(۳‬‬
‫‪0003‬‬
‫)‪(۲‬‬
‫‪0002‬‬
‫)‪(۱‬‬
‫‪0001‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐط زر‬ ‫‪٤‬‬
‫رﻗم اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر‪ ,‬وﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ذﻟك )رﻗم اﻟرﻣز( ﻟﻣراﻗﺑﺗﮫ‪) .‬اﻧظر اﻟﺟدول‬
‫أدﻧﺎه(‬
‫ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺿﺑط‬
‫ﻹﻛﻣﺎل اﻹﻋدادات‪.‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐط زر‬ ‫‪٥‬‬
‫)اﻟﺟﺎﻧب اﻷﯾﺳر ﻣن اﻟزر(‪ ,‬واﺧﺗر وﺣدة داﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﺿﻐط‬ ‫‪۳‬‬ ‫)‪(٥‬‬ ‫)‪(٤‬‬
‫ﻟﯾﺗم ﻣراﻗﺑﺗﮭﺎ‪ .‬ﯾﺗم ﻋرض درﺟﺎت ﺣرارة ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر اﻟوﺣدات‬ ‫‪0005‬‬ ‫‪0004‬‬
‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ واﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ﻟﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻌودة إﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌرض اﻟﻌﺎدﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟزر‬ ‫‪٤‬‬ ‫* ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﯾﺗم اﺧﺗﯾﺎر )‪ (٤‬أو )‪ ,(٥‬ﻗد ﺗﺗﻛون ﻗطرة ﻧدى أﺛﻧﺎء وﺿﻊ‬
‫اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‪.‬‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣدد اﻹﻋداد ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زر‬ ‫‪٥‬‬

‫ﻋﻧد ﺗﺣدﯾد اﻹﻋداد‪ ,‬ﯾﺿﻲء‪.‬‬

‫ﻹﻛﻣﺎل اﻹﻋدادات‪.‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐط زر‬ ‫‪٦‬‬

‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪2‬‬

‫‪4٤‬‬
‫‪1۱‬‬ ‫‪3۳‬‬
‫‪0005-0001‬‬
‫)رﻣز وﺿﻊ ﻏﻠق ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ(‬

‫‪AR-۳۰‬‬ ‫‪AR-۲۹‬‬

‫‪02_1115350113-AR.indd 15‬‬ ‫‪9/26/2559 BE 11:24 AM‬‬

 ‫اﻹﺟراء ‪۳‬‬ ‫ﻟﻣﻌرﻓﺔ ﻣوﻗﻊ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ رﻏم ﻣﻌرﻓﺔ رﻗم اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫„ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌودة إﻟﻰ وﺿﻊ اﻟوﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺎدي‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌد اﻟﺗﺄﻛﯾد اﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟزر‬ ‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﺗﺧﺗﻔﻲ اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ وﺗﺻﺑﺢ اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ إﯾﻘﺎف ﻋﺎدي‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻧد اﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زر‬ ‫اﻓﺣص اﻟﻣوﻗﻊ أﺛﻧﺎء إﯾﻘﺎف اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﮭﺎز ﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑٌﻌد واﺣد ﯾﻣﻛن أن ﯾﺗﺣﻛم ﻓﻲ ‪ ۸‬وﺣدات داﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﺑﺣد أﻗﺻﻰ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﻟن ﯾﻘﺑل ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد ﻟﻣدة ‪۱‬‬ ‫)ﻋﻧد اﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زر‬ ‫)ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن إﯾﻘﺎف ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﺟﮭﺎز(‬ ‫ﻛﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫دﻗﯾﻘﺔ ﺗﻘرﯾﺑﺎ‪(.‬‬
‫‪ q‬ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬

‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬

‫)ﺑﺣد أﻗﺻﻰ ‪ ۸‬وﺣدات(‬

‫ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‬
‫ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‬ ‫إﻧﮭﺎء إﻋداد اﻟﻌﻧوان ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) ON‬ﺗﺷﻐﯾل(‬

‫„ إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫‪۱‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﯾﺟرى ﺗوﺻﯾل ﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻷﺳﻼك ﺑﯾن اﻟﺧطوط وﻓق اﻹﺟراء اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗم ﺑﺗوﺻﯾل ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﻧﮭﺎﯾﺎت اﻟطرﻓﯾﺔ )‪ (A / B‬ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﻣوﺻﻠﺔ‬

‫إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻣوﺟودة ﻛﺿﺑط ﻣﺻﻧﻊ‪ .‬ﯾﻣﻛن ﺿﺑطﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ إﯾﻘﺎف‬ ‫‪۳,۱‬‬
‫‪1,3‬‬ ‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺑﺟﮭﺎز ﺗﺣﻛم ﻋﻧد ﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﺑﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺎت اﻟﻧﮭﺎﯾﺎت اﻟطرﻓﯾﺔ )‪ (A / B‬ﻟﻠوﺣدات‬
‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ اﻷﺧرى ﺑﺗوﺻﯾل اﻷﺳﻼك اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة ﻓﻲ ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪) TEMPORARY‬ﻣؤﻗﺗﺎ( ﻋﻠﻰ وﺣدة اﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل اﻹﺷﺎرة‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺳﻠﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫اﻹﺟراء ‪۱‬‬ ‫‪ y‬ﻋﻧد ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻹﻣداد ﺑﺎﻟطﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ‪ ,‬ﯾﺑدأ إﻋداد اﻟﻌﻧوان اﻟﺗﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬وﯾوﻣض‬
‫‪ .۱‬إﻟﻐﺎء‬ ‫ﺛوان أو أﻛﺛر‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎ ﻟﻣدة ‪٤‬‬ ‫‪+‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐط زري‬ ‫ﺟزء اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟذي ﯾﺷﯾر إﻟﻰ أن اﻟﻌﻧوان ﯾﺗم إﻋداده‪ .‬أﺛﻧﺎء إﻋداد اﻟﻌﻧوان‬
‫ٍ‬
‫اﺿﻐط ﻣﻊ اﻻﺳﺗﻣرار ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪) TEMPORARY‬ﻣؤﻗﺗﺎ( ﻟﻣدة ‪ ۳‬إﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻌد ﻓﺗرة وﺟﯾزة‪ ,‬ﯾوﻣض ﺟزء اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ,‬وﺗظﮭر اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﻧﺣو اﻟﻣوﺿﺢ‬ ‫اﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﻟن ﯾﻘﺑل ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد اﻟﺳﻠﻛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛوان‪ ,‬وﺳﺗﺻدر اﻟوﺣدة ﺻوت "‪ ,"Pi-pi‬وﯾﺗم ﺿﺑط إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫‪۱۰‬‬ ‫أدﻧﺎه‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺿﻊ إﯾﻘﺎف‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ھذا اﻟوﻗت‪ ,‬ﺳﺗدﺧل اﻟوﺣدة وﺿﻊ اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل‬ ‫اﻟوﻗت اﻟﻣطﻠوب ﻹﻧﮭﺎء ﺗﺣدﯾد اﻟﻌﻧوان اﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ھو ﺣواﻟﻲ ‪ ٥‬دﻗﺎﺋق‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ھذا اﻟوﻗت‪ ,‬ﯾﻣﻛن ﻓﺣص اﻟﻣوﻗﻊ ﻷن اﻟﻣروﺣﺔ وﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻣؤﻗت‪ .‬ﺛم‪ ,‬ﯾﻣﻛﻧك ﺑدء ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟوﺣدة ﺑﺟﮭﺎز ﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد ﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾره إﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﯾﻛوﻧﺎ ﻗﯾد اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل‪.‬‬
‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﻘﯾﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ y‬ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‪ ,‬ﯾﺗم ﻋرض رﻗم اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﺣﯾث ﯾﻛون‬
‫[ واﻟﻣراوح وﺷﻘوق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ ﻟﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻟوﺣدات اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ‬ ‫]‬
‫‪ .۲‬إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺿﺑط‬ ‫اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻗﯾد اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻟﺿﺑطﮫ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺿﻊ ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﻣرة أﺧرى‪ ,‬ﻛرر ﻧﻔس اﻹﺟراء‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن أن رﻗم اﻟرﻣز ھو ]‪.[01‬‬
‫)أﺧﺿر(‬ ‫ﺳﺗﺻدر اﻟوﺣدة ﺻوت "‪ ,"Pi-pi‬أﺛﻧﺎء وﻣﯾض ﻟﻣﺑﺔ اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل‬ ‫اﻟزر ﻟﻣﺳﺢ ﻣﺣﺗوى اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ,‬وﻛرر‬ ‫‪ y‬ﻛﺎن رﻗم اﻟرﻣز ﻟﯾس ]‪ ,[01‬اﺿﻐط‬
‫ﺛوان‪ .‬ﺛم‪ ,‬ﯾﺗم ﺿﺑط إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ وﺿﻊ ﺗﺷﻐﯾل‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻟﻣدة ‪٥‬‬ ‫اﻹﺟراء ﻣن اﻟﺧطوة اﻷوﻟﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻋﻧد اﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪) TEMPORARY‬ﻣؤﻗﺗﺎ( واﻻﺳﺗﻣرار ﻟﻣدة‬ ‫‪ ,‬ﻟن ﯾﻘﺑل ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد ﻟﻣدة ‪۱‬‬ ‫)ﺑﻌد اﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زر‬
‫ﺛوان‪ ,‬ﺳﺗﺻدر اﻟوﺣدة ﺻوت "‪ "Pi‬أﺛﻧﺎء وﻣﯾض ﻟﻣﺑﺔ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫أﻛﺛر ﻣن ‪۱۰‬‬ ‫دﻗﯾﻘﺔ ﺗﻘرﯾﺑﺎ‪(.‬‬
‫)ﺑرﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ( ﺑﺷﻛل ﺳرﯾﻊ‪ .‬ﺛم‪,‬‬ ‫)أﺧﺿر( وﻟﻣﺑﺔ‬ ‫)أﺧﺿر(‪ ,‬وﻟﻣﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺗﺑدأ اﻟوﺣدة ﻓﻲ إﺟراء اﺧﺗﺑﺎر ﺑﺎﻟﻘوة‪ .‬اﺿﻐط زر ‪TEMPORARY‬‬
‫)ﻣؤﻗﺗﺎ( ﻣرة أﺧرى ﻹﯾﻘﺎف اﻟوﺣدة‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺗﻐﯾﯾر اﻟﺿﺑط‪ ,‬اﺗﺑﻊ اﻹﺟراء ﻣرة أﺧرى‪.‬‬

‫)* ﺗﺗﻐﯾر اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟرﻗم طراز اﻟوﺣدة‬

‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ(‬

‫‪۱1‬‬ ‫اﻹﺟراء ‪۲‬‬

‫‪ ,‬ﯾﺗم ﻋرض رﻗم‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‪ ,‬ﻓﻲ ﻛل ﺿﻐطﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ زر‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﺑﺎﻟﺗرﺗﯾب‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ھذا اﻟوﻗت‪ ,‬ﯾﻣﻛن ﻓﺣص ﻣوﻗﻊ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻷن اﻟﻣروﺣﺔ وﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﺧﺗﺎرة ﯾﻛوﻧﺎ ﻗﯾد اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل‪.‬‬
‫)ﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ ﺗﺣﻛم‪ ,‬ﯾﺻﺑﺢ رﻗم اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﻣﻌروض أوﻻ ھو وﺣدة‬
‫‪۲2‬‬ ‫اﻟﻣﺷﻌب(‬

‫‪AR-۳۲‬‬ ‫‪AR-۳۱‬‬
‫– ‪– ۱٦‬‬

‫‪02_1115350113-AR.indd 16‬‬ ‫‪9/26/2559 BE 11:24 AM‬‬

 ‫– ‪– ۱۷‬‬

‫اﺧﺗﺑر وﺿﻊ اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل‪) [COOL] ,‬ﺗﺑرﯾد(‪.‬‬

‫اﻹﺟراء ‪۳‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام اﻟزر‬
‫‹ وﺣدة اﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل اﻹﺷﺎرة‬ ‫إﺟراء اﺧﺗﺑﺎر‬ ‫‪۹‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﯾﺣظر ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ ﻏﯾر ]‪) [COOL‬ﺗﺑرﯾد(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺛوان‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻋﻧد اﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زر ‪) TEMPORARY‬ﻣؤﻗﺗﺎ( ﻟﻣدة ‪۱۰‬‬ ‫‪۱‬‬ ‫اﻹﺟراء ‪٤‬‬ ‫„ ﻗﺑل إﺟراء اﺧﺗﺑﺎر‬
‫‪ y‬وظﯾﻔﺔ اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻓﻲ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺣرارة ﻻ ﺗﻌﻣل أﺛﻧﺎء ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻻﺧﺗﺑﺎر‪.‬‬ ‫أو أﻛﺛر‪ ,‬ﯾُﺳﻣﻊ ﺻوت "‪ "!Pi‬وﯾﺗﻐﯾر اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل إﻟﻰ ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‬
‫‪ y‬ﯾﺟرى اﻛﺗﺷﺎف اﻟﺧطﺄ ﻛﺎﻟﻌﺎدة‪.‬‬ ‫إﺟراء اﺧﺗﺑﺎر اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‬
‫اﻹﺟﺑﺎري‪ .‬ﺑﻌد ﺣواﻟﻲ ‪ ۳‬دﻗﺎﺋق‪ ,‬ﯾﺑدأ ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد إﺟﺑﺎرﯾﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ y‬ﻗﺑل ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﻣﺻدر اﻹﻣداد ﺑﺎﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﻗم ﺑﺎﻹﺟراء اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺑدأ اﻟﮭواء اﻟﺑﺎرد ﻟﻠﻔﺣص ﻓﻲ اﻟﮭﺑوب‪ .‬إذا ﻟم ﯾﺑدأ اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل‪ ,‬اﻓﺣص‬ ‫ﺑﻌد ﺗﺄﻛﯾد ﺻوت اﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل اﻹﺷﺎرة "‪ "Pi‬اﺿﺑط ﻓورا درﺟﺔ اﻟﺣرارة ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ °۱۹‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺋوﯾﺔ اﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ أزرار ﺿﺑط درﺟﺔ اﻟﺣرارة‪.‬‬ ‫‪ (۱‬ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام ﺟﮭﺎز اﺧﺗﺑﺎر ﻋزل ﻗدرﺗﮫ ‪ ٥۰۰‬ﻓوﻟت‪ ,‬ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن وﺟود ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺑﻛﺔ اﻷﺳﻼك ﻣرة أﺧرى‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗدرھﺎ ‪ ۱‬ﻣﯾﺟﺎ أوم أو أﻛﺛر ﺑﯾن ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﻧﮭﺎﯾﺎت اﻟطرﻓﯾﺔ ‪ ۱‬إﻟﻰ ‪۳‬‬
‫ﻹﯾﻘﺎف ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻻﺧﺗﺑﺎر‪ ,‬اﺿﻐط زر ‪) TEMPORARY‬ﻣؤﻗﺗﺎ(‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫اﻹﺟراء ‪٥‬‬ ‫واﻷرﺿﻲ )اﻟﺗﺄرﯾض(‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧت اﻟﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ أﻗل ﻣن ‪ ۱‬ﻣﯾﺟﺎ أوم ﻻ ﺗﻘم ﺑﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟوﺣدة‪.‬‬
‫ﻣرة أﺧرى )ﺣواﻟﻲ ‪ ۱‬ﺛﺎﻧﯾﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫إﺟراء اﺧﺗﺑﺎر اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‬ ‫‪ (۲‬ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن أن ﺻﻣﺎم اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ﻣﻔﺗوح ﺗﻣﺎﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬اﻓﺣص ﺷﺑﻛﺔ أﺳﻼك ‪ /‬أﻧﺎﺑﯾب اﻟوﺣدﺗﯾن اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ واﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ﻋﻧد‬ ‫ﺑﻌد ﺗﺄﻛﯾد ﺻوت اﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل اﻹﺷﺎرة "‪ "Pi‬اﺿﺑط ﻓورا درﺟﺔ اﻟﺣرارة ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫اﻹﺟراء ‪٤‬‬ ‫ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد اﻹﺟﺑﺎري‪.‬‬ ‫‪ °۱۸‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺋوﯾﺔ اﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ أزرار ﺿﺑط درﺟﺔ اﻟﺣرارة‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﯾﻘﺎف ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻻﺧﺗﺑﺎر‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌد ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻻﺧﺗﺑﺎر‪ ,‬اﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زر‬ ‫„ ﺗﻧﻔﯾذ إﺟراء اﺧﺗﺑﺎر‬
‫)ﯾﻛون ﺟزء ﻋرض اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻧﻔس اﻹﺟراء ‪(.۱‬‬ ‫اﻹﺟراء ‪٦‬‬
‫ﻛرر اﻹﺟراءات ‪.٥ ← ٤ ← ٥ ← ٤‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‪ ,‬ﻗم ﺑﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟوﺣدة ﻛﺎﻟﻣﻌﺗﺎد‪.‬‬
‫اﻹﺟراء ‪٥‬‬ ‫ﺗوﻣض ﻣؤﺷرات "‪) "Operation‬اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل( )أﺧﺿر(‪ ,‬و "‪"Timer‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻧﺳﺑﺔ ﻹﺟراء اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل‪ ,‬اﻧظر دﻟﯾل اﻟﻣﺎﻟك اﻟﻣرﻓق‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎء )ﻟﻠﺗﺣرر ﻣن( وﺿﻊ ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻻﺧﺗﺑﺎر‪.‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐط زر اﻟﻔﺣص‬ ‫)اﻟﻣؤﻗت( )أﺧﺿر(‪ ,‬و"‪ "Ready‬ﺟﺎھز ﻟﻠﺗﺷﻐﯾل )ﺑرﺗﻘﺎل( ﻓﻲ ﻗﺳم ﻣﺳﺗﻘﺑل‬ ‫ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﻧﻔﯾذ إﺟراء اﺧﺗﺑﺎر ﺑﺎﻟﻘوة ﻓﻲ اﻹﺟراء اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺣﺗﻰ ﻟو ﺗوﻗف اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل‬
‫ﺗﺧﺗﻔﻲ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ ]‪) [TEST‬اﺧﺗﺑﺎر( ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ‪ ,‬وﺗﻌود اﻟﺣﺎﻟﺔ إﻟﻰ طﺑﯾﻌﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟزر ‪TEMPORARY‬‬ ‫اﻹﺷﺎرة اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺿون ‪ ۱۰‬ﺛوان ﺗﻘرﯾﺑﺎ‪ ,‬وﯾﻌﻣل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪ .‬إذا ﻟم‬ ‫ﺑواﺳطﺔ إﯾﻘﺎف اﻟﺛﯾرﻣوﺳﺗر‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣؤﻗﺗﺎ(‬ ‫ﯾوﻣض أي ﻣن ھذه اﻟﻣؤﺷرات‪ ,‬ﻛرر اﻹﺟراء ‪ ۳‬إﻟﻰ ‪.٥‬‬
‫وﺣدة اﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل اﻹﺷﺎرة‬ ‫اﻹﺟراء ‪۷‬‬ ‫ﺗﻧﺑﯾﮫ‬
‫اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﯾﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣﺔ اﻟﺳﻘف‬
‫ﻓور إﻛﻣﺎل إﺟراء اﻻﺧﺗﺑﺎر‪ ,‬اﺿﻐط زر "‪) "START/STOP‬ﺗﺷﻐﯾل‪/‬إﯾﻘﺎف(‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم إﺟراء اﺧﺗﺑﺎر ﺑﺎﻟﻘوة ﻟﺣﺎﻻت ﻏﯾر إﺟراء اﻻﺧﺗﺑﺎر ﻷﻧﮫ ﯾﺿﻊ ﺣﻣل‬
‫ﻹﯾﻘﺎف اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔرط ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﺟﮭزة‪.‬‬

‫‪ q‬إﺟراء اﺧﺗﺑﺎر‪:‬‬
‫‹ ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ُﺑﻌد اﻟﺳﻠﻛﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ← ‪ °۱۸‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺋوﯾﺔ ← ‪ °۱۹‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺋوﯾﺔ ← ‪°۱۸‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺋوﯾﺔ‬
‫← ‪ °۱۹‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺋوﯾﺔ ← ‪ °۱۸‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺋوﯾﺔ ← ‪ ° ۱۹‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺋوﯾﺔ ←‬ ‫‹ ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ُﺑﻌد اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ‬
‫‪٤,۲‬‬
‫‪2, 4‬‬ ‫‪ °۱۸‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺋوﯾﺔ ← إﺟراء اﺧﺗﺑﺎر ← إﯾﻘﺎف‬ ‫اﻹﺟراء ‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗم ﺑﺗﺷﻐﯾل طﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻋﻧد ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ ﻷول ﻣرة‪ ،‬ﺑﻌد اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب‪ ,‬ﯾﺳﺗﻐرق ﺗﻘرﯾﺑﺎ ‪ ٥‬دﻗﺎﺋق ﺣﺗﻰ‬
‫ﯾﺻﺑﺢ ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎل ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻌد ذﻟك‪ ,‬ﯾﺳﺗﻐرق‬
‫ﺣواﻟﻲ ‪ ۱‬دﻗﯾﻘﺔ ﺣﺗﻰ ﯾﺻﺑﺢ ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد ﻣﺗﺎﺣﺎ‪ .‬ﻧﻔذ إﺟراء اﺧﺗﺑﺎر ﺑﻌد‬
‫‪٥,۱‬‬
‫‪1,5‬‬ ‫ﻣرور اﻟوﻗت اﻟﻣﺣدد ﻣﺳﺑﻘﺎ‪.‬‬

‫اﻹﺟراء ‪۲‬‬
‫اﻹﺟراء ‪۱‬‬ ‫‪PRESET‬‬ ‫‪FAN‬‬
‫‪٦,٥,٤,۳‬‬
‫‪3,4,5,6‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زر "‪) "START/STOP‬ﺗﺷﻐﯾل‪/‬إﯾﻘﺎف( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن‬
‫ﺛوان أو أﻛﺛر‪ .‬ﯾﺗم ﻋرض ]‪) [TEST‬اﺧﺗﺑﺎر( ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻟﻣدة ‪٤‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐط زري‬
‫ﺟزء اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ وﯾُﺳﻣﺢ ﺑﺎﺧﺗﯾﺎر وﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺧﺗﺑﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪TEMP‬‬
‫‪2۲‬‬ ‫ﺑُﻌد‪ ,‬واﺧﺗر ]‪) [COOL‬ﺗﺑرﯾد( ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زر "‪) "MODE‬اﻟوﺿﻊ(‪ ,‬ﺛم‬
‫)ﻋﺎل( ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زر "‪) "FAN‬اﻟﻣروﺣﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫اﺧﺗر ]‪[HIGH‬‬
‫‪2۲‬‬
‫‪MODE‬‬

‫اﻹﺟراء ‪۳‬‬
‫‪۷,۲‬‬
‫‪2,7‬‬ ‫إﺟراء اﺧﺗﺑﺎر اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد‬
‫اﺿﺑط درﺟﺔ اﻟﺣرارة ﻋﻠﻰ ‪º ۱۸‬درﺟﺔ ﻣﺋوﯾﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ أزرار ﺿﺑط درﺟﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺣرارة‪.‬‬

‫اﻹﺟراء ‪۲‬‬
‫‪.‬‬ ‫اﺿﻐط زر‬

‫‪AR-۳٤‬‬ ‫‪AR-۳۳‬‬

‫‪02_1115350113-AR.indd 17‬‬ ‫‪9/26/2559 BE 11:24 AM‬‬

 ‫ﺗﻌﻠﯾق ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ادﻓﻊ أوﻻ أﺣد ﺟﺎﻧﺑﻲ ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ‪ ,‬ﺛم أدﺧل اﻟﺟﺎﻧب اﻵﺧر اﻟذي ﯾﻣﺳك‬
‫‪۳‬‬ ‫أﻏﻠق ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻣدﺧل اﻟﮭواء‬
‫اﻏﻠق ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻣدﺧل اﻟﮭواء‪ ,‬وأزﻟق اﻟﻌﻘدة ﻟﻠﺧﺎرج‪ ,‬وﺛﺑت ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻣدﺧل‬
‫‪۱‬‬ ‫اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫‪۱۰‬‬
‫اﻟﻣرﻛز ﻷﺳﻔل‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﮭواء ﺑﺈﺣﻛﺎم‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻧظﯾف ﻣرﺷﺣﺎت اﻟﮭواء‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻣل اﻟﻣروﺣﺔ ﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﺗﻧظﯾف اﻟذاﺗﻲ ﺑﻌد ﺗﺷﻐﯾل وﺿﻊ ﺗﺑرﯾد أو ﺟﺎف‪ .‬ﻗم‬
‫إذا ﻟم ﯾﺗم ﺗﻧظﯾف ﻣرﺷﺣﺎت اﻟﮭواء‪ ,‬ﻟن ﺗﻘﻠل ﻣن أداء اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد ﻓﻘط ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﯾف‬ ‫ﺑﺈﻧﮭﺎء وﺿﻊ اﻟﺗﻧظﯾف اﻟذاﺗﻲ إﺟﺑﺎرﯾﺎ ﻋﻧد ﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬أدﺧل ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ اﻟذي ﯾﻣﺳك‬ ‫اﻟﮭواء‪ ,‬وﻟﻛﻧﮫ ﯾﺗﺳب أﯾﺿﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋطل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ﻣﺛل ﺳﻘوط اﻟﻣﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺷﻛل‬
‫‪ ۱‬أدﺧل‬ ‫اﻟﻣرﻛز ﻷﺳﻔل‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺑل إﺟراء اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ‪ ,‬ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن إﯾﻘﺎف ﻗﺎطﻊ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘط‪.‬‬

‫اﻹﻋداد‪:‬‬ ‫ﺗﻧظﯾف ﻣرﺷﺢ اﻟﮭواء‬

‫‪ y‬إذا ﺗم ﻋرض ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‪ ,‬أﺟري ﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﻣرﺷﺢ اﻟﮭواء‪.‬‬
‫أوﻗف اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﺑواﺳطﺔ ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‬ ‫‪۱‬‬ ‫‪ y‬اﻧﺳداد ﻣرﺷﺢ اﻟﮭواء ﯾﻘﻠل ﻣن أداء اﻟﺗﺑرﯾد ‪ /‬اﻟﺗدﻓﺋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻣدﺧل اﻟﮭواء‬ ‫اﺧﻠﻊ ﻣرﺷﺢ اﻟﮭواء‪.‬‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫ﺗﻧظﯾف اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ وﻣرﺷﺢ اﻟﮭواء‬

‫اﻹﻋداد‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻘدة‬

‫ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن اﺗﺟﺎه ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ ﻋﻧد اﻟﺗﻌﻠﯾق‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗم ﺑﺈﯾﻘﺎف ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ﺑواﺳطﺔ ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‪.‬‬ ‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻋﻠق ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ ﺑﺣﯾث ﯾﻛون اﻟﺟﺎﻧب اﻟذي ﺑﮫ اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ واﺗﺟﺎه‬
‫ﺳﮭم اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﺑﺎﺷر‪.‬‬
‫‪) .‬ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد اﻟﺳﻠﻛﻲ(‬ ‫اﺿﻐط زر‬ ‫‪۲‬‬ ‫اﻓﺗﺢ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻣدﺧل اﻟﮭواء‪.‬‬ ‫‪۲‬‬
‫" )ﻣرﺷﺢ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺧﺗﻔﻲ ﻛﻠﻣﺔ "‪FILTER‬‬ ‫أرﺑطﮭﺎ‬ ‫ﻗم ﺑﺈزﻻق زر ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻣدﺧل اﻟﮭواء ﻟﻠداﺧل‪ ,‬واﻓﺗﺢ ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻣدﺧل اﻟﮭواء‬
‫ﻟﻣﻧﻊ ﺳﻘوطﮭﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺑطء أﺛﻧﺎء اﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﯾﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻧﺑﯾﮫ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘم ﺑﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء أﺛﻧﺎء ﺗرك اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ وﻣرﺷﺢ اﻟﮭواء ﻣزال‪.‬‬
‫ﻣرﺷﺢ اﻟﮭواء‬
‫ﺗﻧظﯾف ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ‬
‫ﯾﻣﻛن إزاﻟﺔ ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ ﻟﺗﻧظﯾﻔﮫ‪.‬‬ ‫اﺳﺗﺧدم ﻣﻧظف ﻓراﻏﻲ ﻹزاﻟﺔ اﻷﺗرﺑﺔ ﻣن اﻟﻣرﺷﺣﺎت أو إﻏﻠﺳﮭﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺎء‪.‬‬
‫إزاﻟﺔ ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪۱‬‬ ‫‪ y‬ﺑﻌد ﺷطف ﻣرﺷﺣﺎت اﻟﮭواء ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺎء‪ ,‬ﺟﻔﻔﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟظل‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﺿﻊ ﻣرﺷﺣﺎت اﻟﮭواء ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻣدﺧل اﻟﮭواء‬
‫اﻣﺳك ﻛﻼ ﻧﮭﺎﯾﺗﻲ ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ‪ ,‬وأزل اﻟﺷق اﻟذي ﯾﻣﺳك اﻟﻣرﻛز ﻷﺳﻔل‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻧظﯾف اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ وﻣرﺷﺢ اﻟﮭواء ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺎء‪:‬‬ ‫ﻋﻘدة‬

‫‪ y‬اﻣﺳﺢ اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ وﻣرﺷﺢ اﻟﮭواء ﺑﺈﺳﻔﻧﺟﺔ وﻓوطﺔ ﻣرطﺑﺔ ﺑﻣﺎدة ﺗﻧظﯾف ﻣطﺑﺦ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻻ ﺗﺳﺗﺧدم ﻓرﺷﺔ ﻣﻌدﻧﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﺗﻧظﯾف‪(.‬‬
‫‪ y‬اﺷطف اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ وﻣرﺷﺢ اﻟﮭواء ﺑﺣرص ﻹزاﻟﺔ ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺗﻧظﯾف‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﺑﻌد ﺷطف اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ وﻣرﺷﺣﺎت اﻟﮭواء ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺎء‪ ,‬ﺟﻔﻔﮭﺎ ﻓﻲ اﻟظل‪.‬‬

‫اﻟﺗﻧظﯾف ﺑﺎﻟﻣﯾﺎه‬ ‫‪۲‬‬

‫إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﻐﺑﺎر ﻛﺛﯾرا‪ ,‬ﻧظف ﺷق اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ ﺑﻣﯾﺎه ﻓﺎﺗرة ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎدة ﻣﻧظﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺣﺎﯾدة أو ﻣﯾﺎه‪.‬‬

‫‪AR-۳٦‬‬ ‫‪AR-۳٥‬‬
‫– ‪– ۱۸‬‬

‫‪02_1115350113-AR.indd 18‬‬ ‫‪9/26/2559 BE 11:24 AM‬‬

 ‫– ‪– ۱۹‬‬

‫اﻟﺗﺣري ﻋن اﻟﺧﻠل وإﺻﻼﺣﮫ‬ ‫‪۱۱‬‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣظﺔ‬

‫اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﺳﻧوﯾﺔ‬
‫„ ﺳﺟل ﺗﺄﻛﯾد اﻟﺧطﺄ‬ ‫„ اﻟﺗﺄﻛﯾد واﻟﻔﺣص‬ ‫‪ y‬ﻟﻠﺣﻔﺎظ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺑﯾﺋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣن اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺣﺳن ﺑﻘوة أن ﯾﺗم ﺗﻧظﯾف وﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ اﻟوﺣدﺗﯾن اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ واﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ﻟﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺧدم ﺑﺎﻧﺗظﺎم ﻟﺿﻣﺎن اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﻔﻌﺎل ﻟﻣﻛﯾف‬
‫اﻟﮭواء‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻧد ﺣدوث ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪ ،‬ﯾﻣﻛن اﻟﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﺳﺟل اﻷﺧطﺎء ﻓﻲ اﻹﺟراء‬ ‫ﻋﻧد ﺣدوث ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن رﻣز اﻟﺧطﺄ ورﻗم اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﯾﺗم ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ﻟﻔﺗرة طوﯾﻠﺔ ﻣن اﻟزﻣن‪ ،‬ﻣن اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺣﺳن إﺟراء ﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ دورﯾﺔ )ﻣرة واﺣدة ﻓﻲ اﻟﺳﻧﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟزء اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣن ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‪.‬‬ ‫وﻋﻼوة ﻋﻠﻰ ذﻟك‪ ،‬اﻓﺣص ﺑﺎﻧﺗظﺎم اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ﻟﻣﻌرﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﺑﮭﺎ ﺻدأ وﺧدوش‪ ،‬وأزﻟﮫ أو ﺿﻊ ﻋﻼج ﻟﻣﻧﻊ اﻟﺻدأ‪ ،‬إذا ﻟزم اﻷﻣر‪.‬‬
‫)ﯾﺗم ﺗﺧزﯾن ﺳﺟل اﻷﺧطﺎء ﻓﻲ ذاﻛرة ﺑﻣﺎ ﯾﺻل إﻟﻰ ‪ ٤‬أﺧطﺎء(‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﯾﺗم ﻋرض رﻣز اﻟﻔﺣص إﻻ أﺛﻧﺎء اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل‪ .‬إذا اﺧﺗﻔت ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌرض‪ ,‬ﻗم‬ ‫ﻛﻘﺎﻋدة ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﯾﺗم ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻟﻣدة ‪ ۸‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎت أو أﻛﺛر ﯾوﻣﯾﺎً‪ ،‬ﻗم ﺑﺗﻧظﯾف اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ واﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ﻣرة واﺣدة ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗل ﻛل ‪۳‬‬
‫ﯾﻣﻛن ﺗﺄﻛﯾد اﻟﺳﺟل ﻣن ﻛل ﻣن ﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل وﺣﺎﻟﺔ اﻹﯾﻘﺎف‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء وﻓﻘﺎ "ﻟﺳﺟل ﻓﺣص اﻟﺧطﺄ" ﻟﻠﺗﺄﻛﯾد‪.‬‬ ‫أﺷﮭر‪ .‬اطﻠب ﻣن ﻓﻧﻲ ﻣﺗﺧﺻص إﺟراء ھذا اﻟﺗﻧظﯾف ‪ /‬أﻋﻣﺎل اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﻣﻛن أن ﺗزﯾد ھذه اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ ﻣن ﺣﯾﺎة اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟرﻏم ﻣن أﻧﮭﺎ ﺗﻛون ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﻘﺔ اﻟﻣﺎﻟك‪.‬‬
‫‪F‬وﯾؤدي ﻋدم ﺗﻧظﯾف اﻟوﺣدﺗﯾن اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ واﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺗظﺎم إﻟﻰ ﺿﻌف اﻷداء‪ ،‬واﻟﺗﺟﻣﯾد‪ ،‬وﺗﺳرب اﻟﻣﯾﺎه‪ ،‬و ﺣﺗﻰ إﺧﻔﺎق اﻟﺿﺎﻏط‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪ y‬ﯾﺣﺗوي ھذا اﻟﻣﻧﺗﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺿﺧﺔ ﺗﺻرﯾف‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﺗم اﺳﺗﺧداﻣﮫ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﺎن ﻣﻠﻲء ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺑﺎر أو ﺿﺑﺎب اﻟزﯾت‪ ،‬ﺳﯾﺗم ﺳوف ﺗﻧﺳد اﻟﻣﺿﺧﺔ وﯾﺗﻌطل اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف اﻟﺳﻠﯾم‪.‬‬
‫ﻗم ﺑﺗﻧظﯾف ﻣﺿﺧﺔ اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف دورﯾﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻣﻌرﻓﺔ ﻛﯾﻔﯾﺔ ﺗﻧظﯾف ﻣﺿﺧﺔ اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‪ ،‬اﺗﺻل ﺑﺎﻟوﻛﯾل‪.‬‬

‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪1۱‬‬ ‫رﻣز اﻟﻔﺣص‬ ‫رﻗم اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ‬
‫ﺣدث ﺑﮭﺎ ﺧطﺄ‬
‫اﻟﻔﺣص ﻗﺑل اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﯾﺟب إﺟراء اﻟﻔﺣص اﻟﺗﺎﻟﻲ ﺑواﺳطﺔ أﺧﺻﺎﺋﻲ ﺗرﻛﯾب ﻣؤھل أو ﻓﻧﻲ ﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ ﻣؤھل‪.‬‬
‫اﻹﺟراء ‪۱‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔس اﻟوﻗت‬ ‫و‬ ‫ﻋﻧد اﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟزرﯾن‬ ‫اﻷﺟزاء‬ ‫طرﯾﻘﺔ اﻟﻔﺣص‬
‫ﺛوان أو أﻛﺛر‪ ,‬ﺗظﮭر اﻟﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﻟﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻟﻣدة ‪٤‬‬ ‫اﻟﻣﺑﺎدل اﻟﺣراري‬ ‫ﻗم ﺑﺎﻟوﺻول ﻣن ﻓﺗﺣﺔ اﻟﻔﺣص وإزال ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟوﺻول‪ .‬اﻓﺣص اﻟﻣﺑﺎدل اﻟﺣراري ﻟﻣﻌرﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ھﻧﺎك أي اﻧﺳداد أو أﺿرار‪.‬‬
‫إذا ظﮭر ]‪) [Service check‬ﻓﺣص اﻟﺧدﻣﺔ( ﯾدﺧل اﻟوﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ وﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺣرك اﻟﻣروﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﻗم ﺑﺎﻟوﺻول ﻣن ﻓﺗﺣﺔ اﻟﻔﺣص وﺗﺄﻛد ﻣﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ﯾﻣﻛن ﺳﻣﺎع أي ﺿوﺿﺎء ﻏﯾر طﺑﯾﻌﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺟل اﻷﺧطﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪ : 01] y‬ﺗرﺗﯾب ﺳﺟل اﻷﺧطﺎء[ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓذة رﻗم اﻟرﻣز‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻣروﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﻗم ﺑﺎﻟوﺻول ﻣن ﻓﺗﺣﺔ اﻟﻔﺣص وإزال ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟوﺻول‪ .‬اﻓﺣص ﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ھﻧﺎك أي اھﺗزاز ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣروﺣﺔ أو أﺿرار أو أﺗرﺑﺔ ﻣﻠﺗﺻﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﯾﺗم ﻋرض ]‪) [Check code‬رﻣز اﻟﻔﺣص( ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺎذة اﻟﻔﺣص‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﻣرﺷﺢ‬ ‫أذھب إﻟﻰ ﻣوﻗﻊ اﻟﺗرﻛﯾب وﺗﺄﻛد ﻣﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ھﻧﺎك أي ﺑﻘﻊ أو ﻛﺳور ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣرﺷﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪] y‬ﻋﻧوان اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﻲ ﺣدث ﺑﮭﺎ ﺧطﺄ[ ﻣﻌروض ﻓﻲ رﻗم اﻟوﺣدة‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺟﻣﻊ اﻟﺻرف‬ ‫ﻗم ﺑﺎﻟوﺻول ﻣن ﻓﺗﺣﺔ اﻟﻔﺣص وإزال ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟوﺻول‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣﻣﺎ إذا ﻛﺎن ھﻧﺎك أي اﻧﺳداد أو ﺗﻠوث ﻓﻲ ﻣﯾﺎه اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‪.‬‬

‫‪ q‬ﻗﺎﺋﻣﺔ اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺟزء‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫اﻓﺣص )ﺑﺎﻟﻧظر ‪ /‬ﺳﻣﺎع ﺻوت(‬ ‫اﻟﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ‪ /‬اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫اﻟﻣﺑﺎدل اﻟﺣراري‬ ‫اﻻﻧﺳداد ﺑﺎﻷﺗرﺑﺔ ‪ /‬اﻟﻐﺑﺎر‪ ,‬اﻟﺧدوش‬ ‫اﻏﺳل اﻟﻣﺑﺎدل اﻟﺣراري ﻋﻧد اﻧﺳداده‪.‬‬
‫اﻹﺟراء ‪۲‬‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺿﺑط درﺟﺔ اﻟﺣرارة‪ ,‬ﯾﺗم‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻛل ﻣرة ﯾﺗم ﻓﯾﮭﺎ اﻟﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ زر‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ‪ /‬اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫ﻣﺣرك اﻟﻣروﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﺻوت‬ ‫اﺗﺧذ اﻟﺗداﺑﯾر اﻟﻣﻧﺎﺳﺑﺔ ﻋﻧد ﺳﻣﺎع ﺻوت ﻏﯾر ﻋﺎدي‪.‬‬
‫ﻋرض ﺳﺟل اﻷﺧطﺎء ﺑﺎﻟﺗرﺗﯾب‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬
‫اﻷرﻗﺎم ﻓﻲ رﻗم اﻟرﻣز ﺗوﺿﺢ رﻗم اﻟرﻣز ]‪) [01‬اﻷﺧﯾر( ← ]‪) [04‬اﻷﻗدم(‪.‬‬ ‫Ÿ اﻏﺳل اﻟﻣرﺷﺢ ﻋﻧد ﺗﻠوﺛﮫ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻣرﺷﺢ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻷﺗرﺑﺔ ‪ /‬اﻟﻐﺑﺎر‪ ,‬ﻛﺳر‬
‫Ÿ ﻗم ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺑداﻟﮫ ﻋﻧد ﺗﻠﻔﮫ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻣﺗطﻠﺑﺎت‬ ‫Ÿ اھﺗزاز‪ ,‬ﺗذﺑذب‬ ‫Ÿ اﺳﺗﺑدل اﻟﻣروﺣﺔ ﻋﻧد وﺟود اھﺗزاز أو ﺗذﺑذب‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻣروﺣﺔ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫Ÿ اﻷﺗرﺑﺔ ‪ /‬اﻟﻐﺑﺎر‪ ,‬اﻟﻣظﮭر‬ ‫Ÿ اﻏﺳل اﻟﻣروﺣﺔ ﺑﻔرﺷﺎة أو ﻣﯾﺎه ﻋﻧد ﺗﻠوﺛﮭﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﮫ ﺳﯾﺗم ﺣذف ﺟﻣﯾﻊ اﻷﺧطﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺳﺟل أﺧطﺎء‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟزر‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺑﻛﺔ ﻣدﺧل اﻟﮭواء ‪ /‬ﺷﺑﻛﺔ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ‪ /‬اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫اﻷﺗرﺑﺔ ‪ /‬اﻟﻐﺑﺎر‪ ,‬اﻟﺧدوش‬ ‫ﻗم ﺑﺗﺛﺑﯾت أو اﺳﺗﺑداﻟﮭﺎ ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﺗﺗﺷوه أو ﺗﺗﻠف‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻔرﯾﻎ اﻟﮭواء‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬
‫ﻗم ﺑﺗﻧظﯾف ﻣﺟﻣﻊ اﻟﺻرف واﻓﺣص اﻟﻣﻧﺣدر اﻷﺳﻔل‬
‫اﻹﺟراء ‪۳‬‬ ‫ﻣﺟﻣﻊ اﻟﺻرف‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻻﻧﺳداد ﺑﺎﻷﺗرﺑﺔ ‪ /‬اﻟﻐﺑﺎر‪ ,‬ﺗﻠوث اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‬
‫ﻟﺳﮭوﻟﺔ اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌودة إﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌرض اﻟﻌﺎدﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌد اﻟﺗﺄﻛﯾد‪ ,‬اﺿﻐط ﻋﻠﻰ اﻟزر‬
‫اﻟﻠوﺣﺔ اﻟزﯾﻧﯾﺔ‪ ,‬ﺷﻔرات ﺗﻐطﯾﺔ‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻷﺗرﺑﺔ ‪ /‬اﻟﻐﺑﺎر‪ ,‬اﻟﺧدوش‬ ‫اﻏﺳﻠﮭﺎ ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﺗﺗﻠوث أو أﺟري ﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﻠطﻼء‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺗﺣﺎت اﻟﺗﮭوﯾﺔ‬
‫Ÿ ﺻدأ أو ﺗﻘﺷر اﻟﻌﺎزل‬
‫اﻟواﺟﮭﺔ اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫وﺿﻊ طﻼء اﻹﺻﻼح‬
‫Ÿ ﺗﻘﺷر ‪ /‬رﻓﻊ اﻟطﻼء‬

‫‪AR-۳۸‬‬ ‫‪AR-۳۷‬‬

‫‪02_1115350113-AR.indd 19‬‬ ‫‪9/26/2559 BE 11:24 AM‬‬

 ‫ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋرض ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌرات‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﯾﺔ ﺟﮭﺎز‬
‫اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‬
‫„ رﻣوز اﻟﻔﺣص واﻷﺟزاء اﻟﺗﻲ ﯾﺗم ﻓﺣﺻﮭﺎ‬
‫ﺑوﺣدة اﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل‬ ‫اﻟﺳﻠﻛﻲ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻛﯾف ھواء‬ ‫اﻷﺟزاء اﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﯾﺗم ﻓﺣﺻﮭﺎ ‪ /‬وﺻف اﻟﺧطﺄ‬ ‫ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺣﻛم‬ ‫اﻷﺟزاء اﻟﻣﻌﯾﺑﺔ اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻻﺳﺗﻌداد‬ ‫اﻟﻣؤﻗت‬ ‫اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل‬ ‫ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺷﯾﺔ ﺟﮭﺎز‬
‫‪OR‬‬ ‫‪GR‬‬ ‫‪GR‬‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋرض ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌرات‬ ‫اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‬
‫وﻣﯾض‬ ‫اﻟﺗوﺿﯾﺢ‬ ‫ﺑوﺣدة اﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل‬ ‫اﻟﺳﻠﻛﻲ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻛﯾف ھواء‬ ‫اﻷﺟزاء اﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﯾﺗم ﻓﺣﺻﮭﺎ ‪ /‬وﺻف اﻟﺧطﺄ‬ ‫ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺣﻛم‬ ‫اﻷﺟزاء اﻟﻣﻌﯾﺑﺔ اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻻﺳﺗﻌداد‬ ‫اﻟﻣؤﻗت‬ ‫اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺗوﺻﯾل ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر‬ ‫‪OR‬‬ ‫‪GR‬‬ ‫‪GR‬‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫ﯾﻣﻛن أن ﯾﻛون ﻣﺳﺗﻌر اﻟﺣرارة )‪ (TE / TS‬ﻣوﺻل ﺑطرﯾﻘﺔ ﻏﯾر ﺻﺣﯾﺣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ALT‬‬ ‫‪F15‬‬ ‫وﻣﯾض‬ ‫اﻟﺗوﺿﯾﺢ‬
‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺣرارة‬
‫إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺿﺑط‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ‪ -‬ﺧطﺄ ‪EEPROM‬‬ ‫‪SIM‬‬ ‫‪F29‬‬
‫اﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻷﺧرى ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫إﻋداد ﻏﯾر ﺻﺣﯾﺢ ﻟﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد ‪ ---‬ﻟم ﯾﺗم ﺿﺑط ﻣﺷﻌب ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‬ ‫ﻻ ﯾوﺟد ﻣﺷﻌب ﺟﮭﺎز ﺗﺣﻛم‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة‬ ‫)ﺑﻣﺎ ﻓﻲ ذﻟك ﺟﮭﺎزي اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‬ ‫ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ‪ ----‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ وﺟود ﺧطﺄ ‪.EEPROM‬‬
‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬
‫‪SIM‬‬ ‫‪F31‬‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‬
‫‪E01‬‬
‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ اﺗﺻﺎل ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‬
‫ﻻ ﯾﻣﻛن اﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل إﺷﺎرة ﻣن اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫ﺗم اﻟوﺻول إﻟﻰ داﺋرة ﻛﺷف اﻟﺗﯾﺎر‪ ،‬وﺟﮭد اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ ‪ ---‬اﻟﺣد اﻷدﻧﻰ ﻟﻠﺗردد ﻓﻲ اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﺗﻌطل ﺿﺎﻏط اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫‪H01‬‬
‫إطﻼق اﻟﺗﯾﺎر أو ﺗﯾﺎر اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻘﺻﯾرة )‪ (IDC‬ﺑﻌد أن ﺗم اﻟﻛﺷف ﻋن اﻹﺛﺎرة اﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷرة‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫أﺳﻼك اﻟوﺻل اﻟﺑﯾﻧﯾﺔ ﻟﻠﻧظﺎم‪ ,‬ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪ ,‬ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‬
‫ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺑث ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫*‬ ‫ﻋن ﺑﻌد‬
‫ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‬ ‫ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‬
‫‪E02‬‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫داﺋرة اﻟﺿﺎﻏط ‪ -‬ﺗم اﻛﺗﺷﺎف إﻏﻼق اﻟﺿﺎﻏط‬ ‫ﻗﻔل ﺿﺎﻏط اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫‪H02‬‬ ‫‪ ---‬ﻻ ﯾﻣﻛن إرﺳﺎل إﺷﺎرة ﻣن اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬
‫داﺋرة ﻛﺷف اﻟﺗﯾﺎر‪ ,‬ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ‪ ---‬ﺗم اﻛﺗﺷﺎف ﺗﯾﺎر ﻏﯾر‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ داﺋرة ﻛﺷف اﻟﺗﯾﺎر‬ ‫إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺿﺑط‬ ‫ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‪ ,‬ﻣﻧظم اﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‪ ,‬ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ‪ ---‬ﻟم ﯾﺗم‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺗﺻﺎل اﻟﻣﻧﺗظم ﻟﺟﮭﺎز‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫‪H03‬‬ ‫‪E03‬‬
‫طﺑﯾﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺣول اﻟﺗﯾﺎر ﻓﻲ ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء أو اﻛﺗﺷﺎف ﻓﻘد طور‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫اﺳﺗﻼم ﺑﯾﺎﻧﺎت ﻣن ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد أو ﻣﻧظم اﻟﺷﺑﻛﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬

‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺗﺻﺎل اﻟﻣﺗﺳﻠﺳل‬

‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫ﻋطل اﻟﻣﻧظم اﻟﺣراري ﻟﻠﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟﻣﻧظم اﻟﺣراري ﻟﻠﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫‪H04‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ‪ -‬اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺿﺑط‬ ‫أﺳﻼك اﻟوﺻل اﻟﺑﯾﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﻧظﺎم‪ ,‬ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ‪ ---‬ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫‪E04‬‬
‫اﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫اﻻﺗﺻﺎل اﻟﻣﺗﺳﻠﺳل ﺑﯾن اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ واﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺗﯾﺎر‪ ,‬داﺋرة ﻣﻔﺗﺎح اﻟﺿﻐط اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‪ ,‬ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ‪ ---‬ﺗم‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻧظﺎم اﻟﺿﻐط اﻟﻣﻧﺧﻔض‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫‪H06‬‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ اﺗﺻﺎل ‪PDU-CDB‬‬
‫اﻛﺗﺷﺎف ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر اﻟﺿﻐط أو ﺗم ﺗﻧﺷﯾط اﻟﻌﻣﻠﯾﺔ اﻟوﻗﺎﺋﯾﺔ ﻣﻧﺧﻔﺿﺔ اﻟﺿﻐط‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫ﻣﺷﻌب ﻣزدوج ﻟﻠوﺣدات‬ ‫إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺿﺑط‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫ﻋﻧﺎوﯾن وﺣدات داﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ إﻋداد ﻋﻧوان اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ‪ ---‬ھﻧﺎك وﺣدﺗﺎن ﻣﺷﻌب أو أﻛﺛر ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪SIM‬‬ ‫‪L03‬‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ إﻋداد ﻋﻧوان اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ‪ ---‬ﺗم اﻛﺗﺷﺎف ﻧﻔس اﻟﻌﻧوان ﻛﺎﻟﻌﻧوان اﻟذاﺗﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪E08‬‬
‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺿﺎﻋﻔﺔ‬

‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ إﻋداد ﻋﻧوان اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ‪ ---‬ھﻧﺎك ﻋﻠﻰ اﻷﻗل وﺣدة داﺧﻠﯾﺔ واﺣدة ﻣرﺗﺑطﺔ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫ﺧط اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ وﺣدة داﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ إﻋداد ﻋﻧوان اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ‪ ---‬ﺗم ﺿﺑط ﺟﮭﺎزي ﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد ﻛﻣﺷﻌب ﻓﻲ‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫‪SIM‬‬ ‫‪L07‬‬ ‫ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻓﻲ أﺟﮭزة اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد اﻟﻣزدوﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ ﺑﯾن اﻟوﺣدات اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﻔردﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫واﺣدة‬ ‫ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‬ ‫ﻣﺷﻌب ﻣﺿﺎﻋف ﻟﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‬
‫*‬ ‫ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‬ ‫ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‬
‫‪E09‬‬
‫ﻟم ﯾﺗم ﺿﺑط ﻋﻧوان ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ‬ ‫)* ﯾﺗوﻗف ﻣﺷﻌب اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ﻣﺻدرا إﻧذارا وﺗﺳﺗﻣر اﻟوﺣدات اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ إﻋداد ﻋﻧوان اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ‪ ---‬ﻟم ﯾﺗم ﺿﺑط ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ ﻋﻧﺎوﯾن اﻟوﺣدات‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫‪SIM‬‬ ‫‪L08‬‬ ‫ﻓﻲ اﻟﻌﻣل‪(.‬‬
‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدات اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺿﺑط‬ ‫ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ‪ ---‬ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺗﺻﺎل ﺑﯾن وﺣدة ‪MCU‬‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫ﻋدم ﺿﺑط ﻣﺳﺗوى اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ اﺗﺻﺎل ‪CPU-CPU‬‬ ‫‪E10‬‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫ﻟم ﯾﺗم ﺿﺑط ﻣﺳﺗوى اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدات اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪SIM‬‬ ‫‪L09‬‬ ‫اﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ ووﺣدة ‪ MCU‬ﻟﻠﻛﻣﺑﯾوﺗر اﻟدﻗﯾق ﻟﻠﻣﺣرك‬ ‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠوﺣدات اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺗﺻﺎل اﻟﻣﻧﺗظم‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ وﺟود ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ إﻋداد ﺗوزﯾﻊ اﻹﺳﻼك ﻟﻠوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة‬ ‫إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺿﺑط‬ ‫ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ‪ ---‬اﻻﺗﺻﺎل اﻟﻣﻧﺗظم ﻏﯾر ﻣﻣﻛن ﺑﯾن اﻟﻣﺷﻌب‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫‪SIM‬‬ ‫‪L10‬‬ ‫ﻟﻣﺷﻌب اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫‪E18‬‬
‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ )ﻟﻠﺻﯾﺎﻧﺔ(‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫واﻟوﺣدات اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫واﻟوﺣدات اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ اﻟﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ اﻷﺧرى‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺗﺻﺎل ﺑﯾن ‪ IPDU MCU‬و ‪CDB MCU‬‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ اﺗﺻﺎل ‪IPDU‬‬ ‫‪E31‬‬
‫‪ (۱‬ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ اﻻﺗﺻﺎل ﺑﯾن ‪ MCU IPDU‬و ‪MCU CDB‬‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬
‫‪SIM‬‬ ‫‪L29‬‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻷﺧرى‬
‫‪ (۲‬ﺗم اﻛﺗﺷﺎف درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة ﻏﯾر طﺑﯾﻌﯾﺔ ﺑواﺳطﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة اﻟﻣﺷﺗت‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة‬
‫إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺿﺑط‬ ‫ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة اﻟﻣﺑﺎدل اﻟﺣراري )‪ ,(TCJ‬ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫اﻟﺣراري ﻓﻲ ‪.IGBT‬‬ ‫اﻟﻣﺑﺎدل اﻟﺣراري ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫‪ALT‬‬ ‫‪F01‬‬
‫اﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ‪ ---‬ﺗم اﻛﺗﺷﺎف داﺋرة ﻣﻔﺗوﺣﺔ أو داﺋرة ﻗﺻﯾرة ﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر اﻟﻣﺑﺎدل اﻟﺣراري‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫)‪(TCJ‬‬
‫اﻷﺟﮭزة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪ ,‬ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ‪ ---‬ﺗوﻗف ﻏﯾر طﺑﯾﻌﻲ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫إدﺧﺎل ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻏﯾر طﺑﯾﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫‪SIM‬‬ ‫‪L30‬‬
‫ﺑﺳﺑب اﻹدﺧﺎل اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻏﯾر اﻟﺻﺣﯾﺢ ﻓﻲ ‪CN80‬‬ ‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ )اﻟﺗﺷﺎﺑك(‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة‬
‫إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺿﺑط‬ ‫ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة اﻟﻣﺑﺎدل اﻟﺣراري )‪ ,(TC‬ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫اﻟﻣﺑﺎدل اﻟﺣراري ﻟﻠوﺣدة‬ ‫‪ALT‬‬ ‫‪F02‬‬
‫اﺳﺗﻣرار‬ ‫اﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ‪ ---‬ﺗم اﻛﺗﺷﺎف داﺋرة ﻣﻔﺗوﺣﺔ أو داﺋرة ﻗﺻﯾرة ﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر اﻟﻣﺑﺎدل اﻟﺣراري‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ )‪(TC‬‬
‫اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل‬ ‫ﺗﺳﻠﺳل طور اﻹﻣداد ﺑﺎﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪ ,‬ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ‪---‬‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺳﻠﺳل اﻟطور‬ ‫‪SIM‬‬ ‫‪L31‬‬
‫)إﯾﻘﺎف اﻟﻣﻧظم‬ ‫ﺗﺳﻠﺳل طور ﻏﯾر طﺑﯾﻌﻲ ﻟﻺﻣداد ﺑﺎﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ اﻟطور‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ )‪ ,(TD‬ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫اﻟﺣراري(‬ ‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ‪ ---‬ﺗم اﻛﺗﺷﺎف داﺋرة ﻣﻔﺗوﺣﺔ أو داﺋرة ﻗﺻﯾرة ﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة‬ ‫ﺗﻔرﯾﻎ ھواء اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫‪ALT‬‬ ‫‪F04‬‬
‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻔرﯾﻎ اﻟﮭواء‪.‬‬ ‫)‪(TD‬‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة ﺗﻔرﯾﻎ‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫ﺗم اﻛﺗﺷﺎف ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة ﺗﻔرﯾﻎ اﻟﮭواء اﻟذي ﯾﺣرر اﻟﺗﺣﻛم‪.‬‬ ‫‪ALT‬‬ ‫‪P03‬‬
‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫ھواء اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ )‪ ,(TE / TS‬ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ‪---‬‬ ‫‪ALT‬‬ ‫‪F06‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺗﺎح اﻟﺿﻐط اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺗم ﺗﻧﺷﯾط ‪ IOL‬أو ﺗم اﻛﺗﺷﺎف ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺿﻐط اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ اﻟذي‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻧظﺎم اﻟﺿﻐط اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ )‪(TD‬‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫‪ALT‬‬ ‫‪P04‬‬ ‫ﺗم اﻛﺗﺷﺎف داﺋرة ﻣﻔﺗوﺣﺔ أو داﺋرة ﻗﺻﯾرة ﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة اﻟﻣﺑﺎدل اﻟﺣراري‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺣرر اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﺑﺎﺳﺗﺧدام ‪.TE‬‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫ﻗد ﯾﻛون ﺗم ﺗوﺻﯾل ﻛﺎﺑل اﻟطﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺷﻛل ﻏﯾر ﺻﺣﯾﺢ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛد ﻣن ﻓﺗﺢ اﻟطور وﺟﮭد اﻹﻣداد‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫ﻗد ﯾﺗم اﺳﺗﺑدال ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر ‪ ,TL‬أو ﻓﺻﻠﮫ‪ ,‬أو ﯾﺣدث ﻟﮫ داﺋرة ﻗﺻﯾرة‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر ‪TL‬‬ ‫‪ALT‬‬ ‫‪F07‬‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫اﻛﺗﺷﺎف اﻟطور اﻟﻣﻔﺗوح‬ ‫‪ALT‬‬ ‫‪P05‬‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻛﮭرﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ )‪ ,(TO‬ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر درﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺗم اﻛﺗﺷﺎف درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة ﻏﯾر ﻋﺎدﯾﺔ ﺑواﺳطﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر ﺣرارة اﻟﻣﺷﺗت اﻟﺣراري‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫اﺳﺗﻣرار‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫ﻓرط ﺣرارة اﻟﻣﺷﺗت اﻟﺣراري‬ ‫‪ALT‬‬ ‫‪P07‬‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ‪ ---‬ﺗم اﻛﺗﺷﺎف داﺋرة ﻣﻔﺗوﺣﺔ أو داﺋرة ﻗﺻﯾرة ﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة‬ ‫ﺣرارة اﻟﮭواء اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻟﻠوﺣدة‬ ‫‪ALT‬‬ ‫‪F08‬‬
‫‪.IGBT‬‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬
‫أﻧﺑوب اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‪ ,‬اﻧﺳداد اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف‪ ,‬داﺋرة ﻣﻔﺗﺎح اﻟطﻔو‪ ,‬ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫اﻛﺗﺷﺎف زﯾﺎدة ﺗدﻓق اﻟﻣﯾﺎه ﻓﻲ‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫‪ALT‬‬ ‫‪P10‬‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة‬
‫ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ‪ ---‬ﯾﻛون اﻟﺗﺻرﯾف ﺧﺎرج اﻟﺗرﺗﯾب أو ﺗم ﺗﻧﺷﯾط ﻣﻔﺗﺎح اﻟطﻔو‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺿﺑط‬ ‫ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة اﻟﻐرﻓﺔ )‪ ,(TA‬ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ ‪---‬‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫اﻟﻐرﻓﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫‪ALT‬‬ ‫‪F10‬‬
‫اﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﺗم اﻛﺗﺷﺎف داﺋرة ﻣﻔﺗوﺣﺔ أو داﺋرة ﻗﺻﯾرة ﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة ﺗﻔرﯾﻎ اﻟﮭواء‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫ﺗم اﻛﺗﺷﺎف ﺗﺷﻐﯾل ﻏﯾر ﻋﺎدي ﻟﻣﺣرك ﻣروﺣﺔ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪ ,‬أو ﻟوﺣﺔ داﺋرة‬ ‫)‪(TA‬‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫ﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‪ ,‬أو ﻣروﺣﺔ اﻟﺗﯾﺎر اﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷر ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ )ﺗﯾﺎر زاﺋد أو‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻣروﺣﺔ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫‪ALT‬‬ ‫‪P12‬‬
‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫ﻗﻔل‪ ,‬وﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ذﻟك(‬ ‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫ﻗد ﯾﺗم اﺳﺗﺑدال ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر ‪ ,TS‬أو ﻓﺻﻠﮫ‪ ,‬أو ﯾﺣدث ﻟﮫ داﺋرة ﻗﺻﯾرة‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر ‪TS‬‬ ‫‪ALT‬‬ ‫‪F12‬‬
‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬
‫ﺗم اﻛﺗﺷﺎف درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة ﻏﯾر ﻋﺎدﯾﺔ ﺑواﺳطﺔ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر ﺣرارة اﻟﻣﺷﺗت اﻟﺣراري‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر اﻟﻣﺷﺗت‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫‪ALT‬‬ ‫‪F13‬‬
‫‪.IGBT‬‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺣراري )‪(THS‬‬

‫‪AR-٤۰‬‬ ‫‪AR-۳۹‬‬
‫– ‪– ۲۰‬‬

‫‪02_1115350113-AR.indd 20‬‬ ‫‪9/26/2559 BE 11:24 AM‬‬

 ‫– ‪– ۲۱‬‬

‫ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻛﻲ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺷﯾﺔ ﺟﮭﺎز‬

‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋرض ﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ اﻟﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌرات‬ ‫اﻟﺗﺣﻛم ﻋن ﺑُﻌد‬
‫ﺑوﺣدة اﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل‬ ‫اﻟﺳﻠﻛﻲ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻛﯾف ھواء‬ ‫اﻷﺟزاء اﻟﺗﻲ ﺳﯾﺗم ﻓﺣﺻﮭﺎ ‪ /‬وﺻف اﻟﺧطﺄ‬ ‫ﺟﮭﺎز اﻟﺣﻛم‬ ‫اﻷﺟزاء اﻟﻣﻌﯾﺑﺔ اﻟرﺋﯾﺳﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻻﺳﺗﻌداد‬ ‫اﻟﻣؤﻗت‬ ‫اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل‬
‫‪OR‬‬ ‫‪GR‬‬ ‫‪GR‬‬
‫وﻣﯾض‬ ‫اﻟﺗوﺿﯾﺢ‬

‫اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫ﻗد ﯾﻛون ھﻧﺎك ﺗﺳرﯾب ﻏﺎز ﻣن اﻷﻧﺑوب أو ﺟزء اﻟﺗوﺻﯾل‪ .‬اﻓﺣص ﻋن ﺗﺳرﯾب ﻏﺎز‪.‬‬ ‫اﻛﺗﺷﺎف ﺗﺳرﯾب ﻏﺎز‬ ‫‪ALT‬‬ ‫‪P15‬‬
‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺿﺑط‬ ‫ﺻﻣﺎم رﺑﺎﻋﻲ اﻻﺗﺟﺎه‪ ,‬ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌرات درﺟﺎت ﺣرارة اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ )‪(TC / TCJ‬‬
‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ )إﻋﺎدة‬ ‫‪ ---‬ﺗم اﻛﺗﺷﺎف ﺧطﺄ ﻧظرا ﻻﻧﺧﻔﺎض درﺟﺔ ﺣرارة ﻣﺳﺗﺷﻌر ﺣرارة اﻟوﺣدة اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ اﻟﺻﻣﺎم رﺑﺎﻋﻲ اﻻﺗﺟﺎه‬ ‫‪ALT‬‬ ‫‪P19‬‬
‫)اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫اﻟﺿﺑط اﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ(‬ ‫ﻋﻧد اﻟﺗدﻓﺋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ(‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫ﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﺿﻐط اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﺗﺷﻐﯾل اﻟوﻗﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ اﻟﺿﻐط‬ ‫‪ALT‬‬ ‫‪P20‬‬
‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺣرك ﻣروﺣﺔ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪ ,‬ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ ‪ ---‬ﺗم‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻣروﺣﺔ اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫اﻛﺗﺷﺎف ﺧطﺄ )ﺗﯾﺎر ﻣﻔرط‪ ,‬ﻗﻔل‪ ,‬وﻣﺎ إﻟﻰ ذﻟك( ﻓﻲ داﺋرة ﻣﺣرك ﻣروﺣﺔ اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫‪ALT‬‬ ‫‪P22‬‬
‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ,IGBT‬ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪ ,‬ﺷﺑﻛﺔ أﺳﻼك اﻟﻣﺣول‪ ,‬اﻟﺿﺎﻏط‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة‬ ‫ﺗﻧﺷﯾط ﻣﺣول اﻟﺗﯾﺎر ﻏﯾر اﻟﻣﺑﺎﺷر‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫‪ ---‬ﺗم ﺗﻧﺷﯾط ﺣﻣﺎﯾﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻘﺻﯾرة ﻷﺟﮭزة داﺋرة ﻣﺣرك اﻟﺿﺎﻏط )‪G-Tr /‬‬ ‫‪ALT‬‬ ‫‪P26‬‬
‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬
‫‪.(IGBT‬‬
‫ﻟوﺣﺔ اﻟداﺋرة اﻟﻣطﺑوﻋﺔ ﻟﻠوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‪ ,‬ﻣﻔﺗﺎح اﻟﺿﻐط اﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ ‪ ---‬ﺗم اﻛﺗﺷﺎف ﺧطﺄ‬ ‫اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ ﻣوﺿﻊ اﻟوﺣدة اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬ ‫‪ALT‬‬ ‫‪P29‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣوﺿﻊ ﻣﺣرك اﻟﺿﺎﻏط‪.‬‬ ‫اﻟﺧﺎرﺟﯾﺔ‬
‫إﯾﻘﺎف ﻛﺎﻣل‬ ‫ﺗﺻدر وﺣدة داﺧﻠﯾﺔ أﺧرى ﻓﻲ اﻟﻣﺟﻣوﻋﺔ إﻧذار‪.‬‬
‫اﻟوﺣدة‬
‫إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺿﺑط‬ ‫ﺧطﺄ ﻓﻲ وﺣدة داﺧﻠﯾﺔ أﺧرى‬ ‫‪ALT‬‬ ‫‪P31‬‬
‫ﻣواﻗﻊ ﻓﺣص اﻻﻧذار ‪ L08 / L03 / L07 / E03‬وﺗوﺻﯾف اﻟﺧطﺄ‬ ‫اﻟداﺧﻠﯾﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬

‫‪ :‬ﯾدﺧل ﻣﻛﯾف اﻟﮭواء ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﯾﺎ وﺿﻊ ﺿﺑط اﻟﻌﻧوان اﻟﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ :‬إﯾﻘﺎف‬ ‫‪ :‬وﻣﯾض‬ ‫‪ :‬ﺿوء‬
‫‪ :ALT‬ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﺗوﻣض ﻟﻣﺑﺗﻲ ﺣدﺗﻲ اﻟـ ‪ ,LED‬ﻓﺈﻧﮭﻣﺎ ﯾوﻣﺿﺎن ﺑﺎﻟﺗﻧﺎوب‪ :SIM .‬ﻋﻧدﻣﺎ ﺗوﻣض ﻟﻣﺑﺗﻲ ﺣدﺗﻲ اﻟـ ‪ ,LED‬ﻓﺈﻧﮭﻣﺎ ﯾوﻣﺿﺎن ﺑﺎﻟﺗزاﻣن‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋرض وﺣدة اﻻﺳﺗﻘﺑﺎل ‪ :OR‬ﺑرﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ ‪ :GR‬ﺧﺿراء‬

‫‪AR-٤۲‬‬ ‫‪AR-٤۱‬‬

‫‪02_1115350113-AR.indd 21‬‬ ‫‪9/26/2559 BE 11:24 AM‬‬